EX-99.1 2 d315488dex991.htm EX-99.1 EX-99.1

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

 

    

     

ANNUAL

REPORT

2021

 

 


 

LOGO

 

    

 

  

01

 

  

Corporate Overview

 

  
  

04

  

A Message to Our Shareholders

  

                    

  

07

  

Management’s Discussion & Analysis

  
  

08

  

Nutrien’s Global Profile

  
  

10

  

Nutrien’s Integrated Model

  
  

12

  

Nutrien’s Basic Beliefs &
Strategic Approach

  
  

14

  

Capital Allocation

  
  

16

  

Feeding the Future 2030

  

    

  

18

  

Operating Segment Outlook and
Performance

  
  

41

  

Financial Highlights

  
  

54

  

Enterprise Risk Management

  
  

59

  

Controls and Procedures

  
  

62

  

Appendices

  
  

68

  

Four-Year Highlights

  
  

70

  

Financial Statements & Notes

  
  

131

  

Terms & Definitions

  
  

133

  

Board of Directors and  Senior Management

  
   About this report:

You can find this report and information on Nutrien on our website at nutrien.com. While we include certain non-financial information in this report, more detailed information on our sustainability strategy and performance is provided on our website at nutrien.com/sustainability.

  

 

The Corporate Overview and A Message to Our Shareholders contain certain non-IFRS financial measures, which do not have a standard meaning under IFRS including:     

 

•  Adjusted EBITDA

•  Adjusted net earnings per share

•  Free cash flow and free cash flow including changes in non-cash operating working capital

•  Retail cash operating coverage ratio

•  Potash cash cost of product manufactured per tonne

•  Retail adjusted average working capital to sales

•  Ammonia controllable cash cost of product Manufactured per tonne

•  Retail normalized comparable store sales

•  Adjusted net-debt

    

 

 

For definitions, further information and reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable measures under IFRS, see the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

See the “Other Financial Measures” and “Terms & Definitions” section for definitions, abbreviations and terms used in this annual report.

 

 


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  1 

 

FEEDING THE FUTURE

Leading Global Ag Solutions Provider

Nutrien is forging a pathway that creates lasting value for all its stakeholders by taking meaningful action to address two of the world’s biggest challenges: strengthening food security and advancing climate-smart agricultural practices.

Our integrated business model provides several competitive advantages and capabilities that are unique in the agriculture industry. We are focused on enhancing our direct relationship with the grower by delivering innovative products and solutions through our global Nutrien Ag Solutions (“Retail”) platform, while leveraging the strengths of our world-class crop nutrient production and distribution network.

Our leading position provides a clear pathway to address key Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) topics and multiple avenues to sustainably grow returns for our shareholders.

Link to Basic Beliefs and Strategy

 

 

$3.9B

Cash Provided

by Operating Activities

(2021)

 

 

$2.1B

Cash Returned

to Shareholders from

Dividends and Share

Repurchases (2021)

 

 

 

~225K

Acres Subscribed

In Carbon Pilot

Program (2021)

 

            
         
LOGO   LOGO   LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW     |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS          OTHER INFORMATION


 

 2  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

2021 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS

DELIVERED RESULTS THAT MATTER

Nutrien delivered record financial results in 2021 driven by strong operational performance and strengthening market fundamentals. We utilized our strong cash flow to fortify the balance sheet, invest in the business and return significant cash to our shareholders. We also made great progress on our ESG priorities, including climate and people-related initiatives.

 

Year ended December 31                                   
(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)    2021        

 

     2020        

 

     Change (%)  

Financial Performance

              

Sales

   $       27,712        

$

      20,908

 

     

 

             33

 

Gross Margin

     9,409        

 

5,239

 

     

 

80

 

Net Earnings

     3,179        

 

459

 

     

 

593

 

Diluted Net Earnings per Share

     5.52        

 

0.81

 

     

 

581

 

Adjusted Net Earnings per Share 1

     6.23        

 

1.80

 

     

 

246

 

Adjusted EBITDA 1

     7,126        

 

3,667

 

     

 

94

 

Retail Adjusted EBITDA

     1,939        

 

1,430

 

     

 

36

 

Potash Adjusted EBITDA

     2,736        

 

1,190

 

     

 

130

 

Nitrogen Adjusted EBITDA

     2,308        

 

1,080

 

     

 

114

 

Phosphate Adjusted EBITDA

     540        

 

232

 

     

 

133

 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     3,886        

 

3,323

 

     

 

17

 

Free Cash Flow 1

     4,300        

 

1,830

 

     

 

135

 

Cash used for Dividends and Share Repurchases 2

     2,080        

 

1,190

 

     

 

75

 

Adjusted Net Debt/Adjusted EBITDA 3

     1.4x        

 

2.6x

 

     

 

-46

 

Retail Normalized Comparable Store Sales 1

     7%              

 

6%

 

           

 

1

 

Non-Financial Performance

              

CO2 Equivalent Captured (Mmt)

     1.1        

 

1.0

 

     

 

10

 

Environmental Incidents

     24        

 

23

 

     

 

4

 

Lost-Time Injury Frequency 4

     0.27        

 

0.26

 

     

 

4

 

Total Employees

     23,500        

 

23,100

 

     

 

2

 

Proportion of Women in Senior Leadership (director level and above) 5

     21%        

 

19%

 

     

 

2

 

Voluntary Employee Turnover Rate 5

     12%        

 

9%

 

     

 

3

 

Community Investment

   $ 19              

$

18

 

           

 

6

 

 

1

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

2

This is a supplementary financial measure. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

3

This is a capital management financial measure that includes a non-IFRS component. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” and “Other Financial Measures” sections.

4

Frequency based for every 200,000 hours worked.

5

Based on regular full-time and part-time employees.

 

LOGO  

 

Find out more at nutrien.com

 

 

 

OVERVIEW     |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS          OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  3 

 

2021 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS

ADVANCED STRATEGIC INITIATIVES

We made significant progress on our strategic targets due to the focus and strong execution of our teams. In 2021, our Retail business surpassed its long-term financial goals by utilizing the size and scale of our global network to capture the benefits of the favorable market conditions. We advanced our digital and proprietary products initiatives, which remain key drivers of Retail organic growth. Our Potash and Nitrogen operations performed very well despite weather-related production challenges and macro-inflationary pressures. Our focus remains on increasing production volumes and driving operational efficiencies across our asset base.

 

      2023 Targets     2021      2020  

Nutrien Ag Solutions (“Retail”)

  

 

                

 

 

 

                

 

  

 

                

 

Total Retail Adjusted EBITDA Margin 1

  

 

>10.5%

 

 

 

10.9%

 

  

 

9.7%

 

US Retail Adjusted EBITDA Margin 1,2

  

 

 

 

 

11.6%

 

  

 

10.6%

 

Retail Adjusted Average Working Capital to Sales 3

  

 

17%

 

 

 

13%

 

  

 

15%

 

Retail Cash Operating Coverage Ratio 3

  

 

60%

 

 

 

58%

 

  

 

62%

 

Retail Adjusted EBITDA per US Selling Location (thousand dollars) 1,4

  

$

>1,100

 

 

$

1,481

 

  

$

1,075

 

Retail Proprietary Products as a % of Total Retail Margin

  

 

29%

 

 

 

23%

 

  

 

23%

 

Retail Digital Platform Sales to Total Sales 1,5

  

 

>50%

 

 

 

17%

 

  

 

11%

 

Retail Digital Platform Sales (million dollars) 1,5

  

 

 

 

$

2,148

 

  

$

1,211

 

Potash and Nitrogen

       

Potash Sales Volumes (million tonnes)

  

 

14.0-16.0

 

 

 

13.6

 

  

 

12.8

 

Potash Cash Cost of Product Manufactured per Tonne 3,6

  

$

53-58

 

 

$

63

 

  

$

59

 

Nitrogen Sales Volumes (million tonnes)

  

 

11.5-12.0

 

 

 

10.7

 

  

 

11.0

 

Ammonia Operating Rate 7

  

 

96%

 

 

 

90%

 

  

 

93%

 

Ammonia Controllable Cash Cost of Product Manufactured per Tonne 3

  

$

~42

 

 

$

50

 

  

$

43

 

IFRS Comparable Information

       

Potash Cost of Goods Sold (“COGS”) (million dollars) 2

  

 

 

 

$

1,285

 

  

$

1,183

 

Nitrogen Manufactured Cost of Goods Sold (“COGS”) (million dollars) 2

  

 

 

 

$

2,353

 

  

$

1,804

 

 

1

This is a supplementary financial measure. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

2

No target was provided.

3

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

4

Calculation is based on number of selling locations only, excluding acquisitions.

5

Platform generated revenue includes grower and employee orders that are entered directly into the digital platform. North American digital Retail sales as a proportion of total North American Retail sales.

6

Assuming production ranges of 14Mmt to 16Mmt and is not adjusted for the impact of inflation. Applies to 2023 target only.

7

Capacity utilization represents production volumes divided by production capacity (excluding Joffrey and Trinidad facilities).

 

 

OVERVIEW     |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS          OTHER INFORMATION


 

 4  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

A MESSAGE TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

DELIVERED RECORD RESULTS AND POSITIONED

FOR LONG-TERM SUCCESS

 

 

LOGO

 

   Nutrien’s vision is to be the world’s leading ag solutions provider. We own and operate world-class assets across the value chain that are positioned to generate significant free cash flow through the agriculture cycle. We demonstrated the strength of our business model in 2021 by delivering record financial results, returning $2.1 billion to shareholders and achieving our all-time- best safety performance.

 

    

RUSSELL GIRLING

 

CHAIR OF THE BOARD

  

 

The Board provides regular oversight on strategic priorities identified by management, evaluating organic and inorganic opportunities against the basic beliefs for our business and in the context of the risks that exist in our operating environment. Through this process, the Board and management team ensure alignment on strategic priorities and capital allocation that will enhance the sustainability of the business and deliver the greatest long-term value for stakeholders. This includes a focus on integrating our key ESG risks and opportunities into our business planning and reporting activities.

It is vital that we continuously evaluate our strategic objectives and evolve our leadership to ensure our business is best positioned to adapt to changes in the global landscape. We recently strengthened our Board by diversifying its composition while, at the same time, adding expertise related to digital technologies and international leadership experience to support our growing, global Retail business.

We made the difficult decision to part ways with a CEO in early 2022 that was appointed to a 2-year transition role. We recognize this decision and others related to executive leadership have created uncertainty. However, these changes have not distracted our team from delivering exceptional results and we are confident these decisions were both necessary and in the best long-term interest of the company and its shareholders.

While we are in the midst of a comprehensive executive search, we have appointed Ken Seitz as interim CEO to lead Nutrien. We believe he has the global experience and leadership capabilities to succeed. We are highly confident that Ken and the management team will deliver on the opportunities created by attractive market fundamentals and vigorously pursue the company’s strategic priorities, in accordance with our core values of safety and integrity. We expect another excellent year across all of our businesses and will utilize our financial strength to invest in strategic initiatives that drive long-term growth as well as return significant cash to our shareholders.

Thank you for your support as we position Nutrien for continued success in the years to come.

 

 

LOGO

 

Russell Girling

Chair of the Board

February 17, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW     |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS          OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  5 

 

A MESSAGE TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

2021 was an extraordinary year as the world continued to navigate through challenges related to the COVID-19 pandemic. A number of key issues rose to the forefront that not only impacted the agriculture industry but society as a whole, including supply chain disruptions, food insecurity and the impacts of climate change. These are complex matters that require a sustained and focused effort to ensure we have a long-term approach that addresses the needs of all stakeholders. It will take leadership, innovation and investment to solve these challenges and Nutrien has demonstrated the capability to deliver in each of these areas.

 

Delivering Exceptional Results

Our ~23,500 employees work diligently to ensure our operations are safe, reliable and efficient. We produced and shipped record fertilizer volumes in 2021 and leveraged the strength of our global supply chain to ensure our customers had the products and services they needed, when they needed them. We achieved an all-time-best safety performance in 2021, with no fatalities or life-altering injuries. This is an incredible accomplishment considering the many external distractions and overall fatigue level that our society has faced during the pandemic.

We delivered record adjusted EBITDA 1 of $7.1 billion (net earnings of $3.2 billion) and cash provided by operating activities of $3.9 billion. This performance was underpinned by the strong execution of our teams, the competitive advantages of our integrated business model and the benefit of robust market fundamentals.

Our Retail business performed exceptionally well as we continued to strengthen our relationship with the grower through the reliability of our supply chain, innovative proprietary products, digital capabilities and financing products. Sales and gross margins increased in each of the major product categories. We generated organic growth of 34 percent and adjusted EBITDA margins 2 rose to nearly 11 percent. We carefully managed inventory levels and drove significant improvements in our working capital metrics through strategic supplier management.

In Potash, we responded to extremely tight global market fundamentals and safely and efficiently increased our production by nearly 1 million tonnes. We ramped up production in a very short time showcasing the flexibility and superior asset quality of our low-cost, integrated six-mine network. This represented a small portion of our low-cost available production capacity.

We also made great progress on our Next Generation Potash initiatives which will increase the reliability and efficiency of our sites and improve safety performance. Our most significant achievement in 2021 was to remove more employees from the active mining face by achieving over 5,300 hours of tele-remote and autonomous mining.

Our Nitrogen business generated significantly higher margins as global supply tightened and escalating feedstock costs impacted producers in

other regions. The Nitrogen team completed two large plant turnarounds during the year, which were critical sustaining projects that will enhance the safety, efficiency and reliability of our sites. We completed Phase 1 of our brownfield expansions on time and on-budget. These projects represent some of the lowest-cost nitrogen capacity built in recent history and we expect will generate very attractive returns on investment.

Advancing Capital Allocation Priorities

Nutrien’s integrated model provides a unique platform to generate significant free cash flow through the cycle. We utilized our free cash flow in 2021 to strengthen and reposition the balance sheet. We paid down $2.1 billion of long-term debt and do not expect the need to materially reduce our

 

 

“The strength and diversity of Nutrien’s cash flow is unmatched in the agriculture sector. We made great strides towards achieving our longer-term strategic goals, having reached many of our 2023 financial and operating targets.”

 

LOGO

    

  

KEN SEITZ  

INTERIM PRESIDENT AND  

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  

  

                             

 

 

 

1

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

2

This is a supplementary financial measure. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

 

OVERVIEW     |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS          OTHER INFORMATION


 

 6  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

total debt any further in the near-term. Our balance sheet is well positioned to take advantage of value-enhancing opportunities at any point in the cycle.

We have a well-defined Retail strategy and set of priorities that include growing our network in Brazil, tuck-in acquisitions in other core markets, expanding our proprietary products business and enhancing our digital capabilities. In 2021, we grew our Retail business through the completion of 14 strategic acquisitions, primarily in Brazil and the US. The Brazilian market provides a significant opportunity for targeted growth due to its rapidly expanding agriculture production and fragmented Retail structure. We have deployed $300 million in this market since 2020 and these acquisitions are performing well above our investment hurdle rates. Approximately 35 percent of our Retail earnings now reside outside of the US and we expect that share will continue to grow over the next 5 years, providing greater geographic and seasonal diversity.

Our Potash position is unmatched, and we expect to utilize our existing capacity to increase production as the market needs it, with minimal capital required. In Nitrogen, our focus is on further enhancing the advantaged position of our North American assets. We have embarked on a Phase 2 brownfield expansion plan that is expected to add an additional half-million tonnes of low-cost, environmentally efficient capacity for a total investment of $260 million. We are also evaluating options to increase the production of low-carbon ammonia and will likely have more to discuss in this area in 2022.

Since 2018, Nutrien has allocated $9 billion to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases, including $2.1 billion returned in 2021. We have demonstrated the ability to pay a sustainable and growing dividend even through the most difficult market conditions and distribute excess cash through share repurchases.

With strong projected cash flow in 2022, we expect to fund our identified growth projects and return significant cash to shareholders on a relatively balanced cadence throughout the year. In February, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly dividend to $0.48 per share and we plan to allocate a minimum of $2 billion to share repurchases in 2022.

Addressing ESG Priorities

We launched our Feeding the Future Plan in 2021, which set out a number of ambitious long-term commitments to drive systemic change across our company and industry. The plan is centered on three key pillars that focus on Feeding the Planet Sustainability, Environment and Climate Action, and Inclusive Agriculture. We will take an integrated approach to ensure that our strategic, operational, and capital allocation decisions support each of these sustainability priorities.

Our direct link to the grower provides the opportunity to develop innovative solutions that improve carbon outcomes at the farm.

We launched a pilot carbon program in North America that covered ~225,000 acres and formed partnerships with a diverse set of collaborators across the value chain. Following a successful launch, we plan to expand the program in 2022 and further support our growers in generating and monetizing high-quality carbon assets and credits.

To meet our 2030 GHG intensity targets we expect to invest $500-$700 million to enable a portfolio of emissions reduction projects, primarily in our Nitrogen business. We have approved and commenced with the first tranche of decarbonization projects in Nitrogen, allocating $50 million towards projects that are expected to reduce our CO2 equivalent emissions by approximately 1 million tonnes by the end of 2023 and provide a significant step towards our 2030 GHG emissions reduction targets. In addition, we are committed to setting a science-based emissions reduction target and are working in partnership with peers in our sector to develop a pathway for decarbonization that supports the world’s journey towards net zero.

Looking Ahead

The outlook for our industry and our company has never been stronger. Global grain and oilseed inventories remain well below historic levels, and crop prices and grower margins are supportive of crop input spending in key regions where we operate. We entered 2022 with significantly higher prices for our products and the capability to bring on more low-cost potash and nitrogen volumes.

With this opportunity comes great responsibility. We know our customers will be relying on us to utilize the strength of our global network to safely and efficiently supply the products and solutions they need. In doing so, we expect to deliver superior long-term value for our customers and shareholders.

As I conclude this letter, I want to acknowledge the dedication and commitment of our employees. They demonstrated unwavering strength and perseverance to deliver record results in 2021 amid the uncertainty of the pandemic, global supply chain issues and our own leadership transitions.

I am humbled by them, and the opportunity we collectively have to deliver value for our stakeholders. We have bold plans for 2022 and beyond, and I am extremely confident in our capability to deliver.

Thank You,

 

LOGO

Ken Seitz

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer

February 17, 2022

 

 

 

OVERVIEW     |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS          OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  7 

 

LOGO

    

 

MANAGEMENT’S

DISCUSSION

& ANALYSIS

 

As at and for the

year ended

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

     

The following management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) is the responsibility of management and is dated as of February 17, 2022. The Board of Directors (“Board”) of Nutrien carries out its responsibility for review of this disclosure principally through its audit committee, comprised exclusively of independent directors. The audit committee reviews and, prior to its publication, recommends to the Board approval of this disclosure. The Board has approved this disclosure. The term “Nutrien” refers to Nutrien Ltd. and the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, “Nutrien” and “the Company” refer to Nutrien and, as applicable, Nutrien and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. This MD&A is based on the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 (“consolidated financial statements”) based on International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, unless otherwise stated.

 

This MD&A contains certain non-IFRS financial measures and ratios, which do not have a standard meaning under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. Such non-IFRS financial measures and ratios include:

 

• Adjusted EBITDA

• Adjusted net earnings and adjusted net earnings per share

• Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net earnings per share guidance

• Free cash flow and free cash flow including changes in non-cash operating working capital

• Growth capital

  

• Gross margin excluding depreciation and amortization per tonne - manufactured

• Potash cash cost of product manufactured per tonne

• Ammonia controllable cash cost of product manufactured per tonne

  

• Retail adjusted average working capital to sales and Retail adjusted average working capital to sales excluding Nutrien Financial

• Nutrien Financial adjusted net interest margin

• Retail cash operating coverage ratio

• Retail normalized comparable store sales

• Adjusted net debt

 

For definitions, further information and reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable measures under IFRS, see the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

Also see the cautionary statement in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section.

 

All references to per share amounts pertain to diluted net earnings (loss) per share. Financial data in this annual report are stated in millions of US dollars, which is the functional currency of Nutrien and the majority of its subsidiaries unless otherwise noted. N/m indicates information that is not meaningful.

 

See the “Other Financial Measures” and “Terms & Definitions” section for definitions, abbreviations and terms used in this annual report including the MD&A.

 

Additional information relating to Nutrien (which, except as otherwise noted, is not incorporated by reference herein), including our Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2021, can be found on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. The Company is a foreign private issuer under the rules and regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

The information contained on or accessible from our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this MD&A or any other report or document we file with or furnish to applicable Canadian or US securities regulatory authorities.

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 8  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

NUTRIEN’S GLOBAL PROFILE

ADVANTAGED POSITION ACROSS THE AGRICULTURE VALUE CHAIN

Nutrien is uniquely positioned with a world-class network of production assets, distribution capabilities and a direct connection to the grower. This creates several pathways to achieve our financial, strategic and sustainability related objectives while delivering value for all stakeholders.

 

LOGO

 

    

    #1 Global Ag Retailer

 

   
     

Nutrien has the leading Retail businesses in North America and Australia and we are growing signifcantly in South America.

 

We have a direct and trusted channel to the grower through our approximately 3,900 agronomists and feld experts.

 

Our full suite of crop inputs, services and grower solutions offers customers optionality and agnostic support along with a unique opportunity to advance climate-smart agricultural practices.

 

Link to Retail “Our Business”

   

>2,000

Retail Locations

 

~2,000

Proprietary Products

 

On-farm

  CARBON PROGRAM

 

  SUSTAINABILITY

and

DIGITAL

SOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

 

    

    #1 Global Potash Producer     
     

 

We operate the largest and most reliable Potash assets in the world with an unparalleled logistics and distribution network.

 

Our 6 mines are located in Saskatchewan with advantaged geology that supports low- cost production and minimizes operational risk.

 

We have 4Mmt of available production capacity and the option to advance incremental brownfield projects at some of the most attractive economics in the industry.

 

Link to Potash “Our Business”

    

 

21Mmt

Nameplate Potash capacity

 

6

Mine Network

 

4

Marine Terminals

Through Canpotex

 

~300

Distribution Points

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  9 

 

Nutrien is supported by approximately 23,500 talented employees who work towards the common goal of helping growers increase food production in a sustainable manner.

As the largest provider of whole-acre crop inputs and services, we are well positioned to achieve our vision to Be the Leading Global Ag Solutions Provider.

 

LOGO

 

    

 

    #3 Global Nitrogen Producer

   
 

 

Our Nitrogen production network is flexible and diversified, with strategically located assets that have access to lower-cost natural gas and close proximity to key nitrogen markets.

 

We are a leading low-carbon ammonia producer with several low-risk pathways to expand our production.

 

Link to Nitrogen “Our Business”

 

 

7.1Mmt

Nameplate Ammonia Capacity

 

9

Nitrogen Facilities

 

13

Ammonia Plants

 

1Mmt

Low-carbon Ammonia

Production Capability

 

LOGO

 

    

 

    #2 North American Phosphate Producer

 
 

 

Our Phosphate business has access to high-quality, integrated phosphate rock reserves, which allows for the production of a diverse and premium product portfolio.

 

Link to Phosphate “Our Business”

 

 

1.7Mmt

Nameplate P2 O5 Capacity

 

2

Large Integrated

Phosphate Mines

 

4

Upgrade Facilities

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 10  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

NUTRIEN’S INTEGRATED MODEL

GENERATING VALUE TODAY AND PREPARING

FOR THE FUTURE

Our strategy is to maximize the value of our integrated model to improve the profitability and sustainability of our customers. We continue to explore ways to further enhance the capabilities of our business to capture additional value across the supply chain. We believe this platform provides a number of advantages compared to our competitors, including operational, financial and sustainability benefits.

Operational and Supply Chain Benefits

Nutrien’s world-class integrated network provides opportunity to optimize operating, transportation and logistics costs, increase the reliability of supply to our customers and support volume growth. This integration includes the efficient delivery of our manufactured fertilizer products as well as proprietary seed, crop protection and nutritional products direct to our Retail network.

Since 2018, we have increased the volume of our manufactured fertilizer product sold directly through our Retail channel by approximately 20 percent and have grown proprietary product gross margin by 38 percent. In 2021, global crop input supply was extremely tight and we were able to utilize our integrated network to efficiently supply the needs of our customers, supporting an increase in sales and margins.

 

LOGO

 

    

 

                World-Class Production Assets

 

       

 

                Global Supply Chain

 

     
     

    27Mmt

                Potash, Nitrogen,

                Phosphate Manufactured

                Sales Volume in 2021

     

~440

Wholesale Fertilizer Distribution

Points Strategically Positioned to

Serve our Customers

    ~2,000

                Proprietary Products

                Enhance Value for Nutrien

                and Our Growers

     

 

>1,000

Crop Input Suppliers Providing

Diverse Product Offerings and

Supply Sources

     

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  11 

 

Financial and Capital Allocation Advantages

 

   LOGO

The scale of our assets provides for a more stable and diverse earnings base than our fertilizer peers. The stability of our Retail earnings has allowed Nutrien to provide investors with a sustainable and growing dividend through the cycle, which we have increased by 15 percent between 2018 and 2021. Our low-cost fertilizer production assets have historically generated significant free cash flow, providing additional capital to strategically grow our Retail business.

 

Sustainable Agriculture Solutions

 

Nutrien has the capability to make meaningful improvements to ESG topics that impact agriculture from fertilizer production to grower practices in the field. Our agronomists and digital teams support our customers by providing the best agnostic advice and access to the products they need. We utilize this field level knowledge to develop innovative products and solutions that not only improve the grower’s profitability but also their environmental performance. We will use our leading global position to develop partnerships that make a difference across the agriculture value chain, including working with peers to support the development of science-based emissions targets for our industry.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

    

   

 

Leading Ag Retail Network

 

          

 

Sustainable Ag Solutions

 

        

            

 

>2,000    

Retail locations Across                

North America,                

South America and Australia                

 

 

      

LEADING PROVIDER OF        

INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS        

AND SERVICES        

 

 

~3,900       

Agronomists and Crop Consultants                

Provide a Direct Connection                

to the Grower                

 

      

>10       

Suppliers and                

Downstream Partners in                

Carbon Pilot Program                

 

        

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 12  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

NUTRIEN’S BASIC BELIEFS & STRATEGIC APPROACH

DRIVING OUR ACTIONS AND PERFORMANCE

Our strategy and capital allocation priorities are informed by a number of key factors that we believe will impact our operating environment over the long-term. We test these views as part of a robust annual strategic planning process to ensure that we proactively identify any opportunities and risks that could impact our business and strategic priorities.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

      Basic Belief

 

 

 

Long-term demand growth for agricultural products and services is supported by a growing global population and the need to increase output, while minimizing the environmental impacts of production.

 

 

 

 

A company’s ability to address its key ESG risks and opportunities is critical to long-term corporate viability.

      Nutrien’s Approach  

Leverage our leading production and distribution businesses to meet the expected growth in global crop input demand.

 

Evolve our portfolio of crop inputs and solutions to help growers sustainably increase crop yields, while improving their profitability.

 

Link to Integrated Model

 

Ensuring our strategic, operational and capital allocation decisions support our sustainability priorities.

 

Continue to establish Nutrien as a global industry leader in sustainability, with a focus on initiatives that enhance on-farm environmental performance and reduce GHG emissions from our facilities.

 

Link to Feeding the Future

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  13 

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Technology and innovation will play an increasingly important role in driving competitive differentiation, supporting operational efficiencies, sustainability and growth.

    

A low-cost, reliable production network and supply chain are essential to delivering value through the cycle.

    

Effective talent management and forward-looking workforce planning are essential to long-term strategic execution.

Invest and deploy solutions and technology, using our unique channel to support the customer and strengthen our global scale.

 

Accelerate grower adoption of innovative and comprehensive solutions and technology, such as our proprietary products and digital sustainability tools, engaging leading technology in our fertilizer production that lowers cost and improves safety.

    

Enhancing the value of our competitively advantaged world-class production platform, maximizing asset quality, integration value and operational resiliency.

 

Executing on initiatives that drive best-in-class safety, operating and cost performance and maximize the quality and resilience of earnings through the cycle.

 

Link to Strategic Score Card and Business Strategy

    

Invest in our people programs to ensure we attract and retain the talent required to deliver on our current and future business needs.

 

Fostering a purpose-driven culture and accelerating people and leadership development programs, while delivering a step improvement in diversity and inclusion.

 

Link to How NTR Delivers Value

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 14  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

CAPITAL ALLOCATION

CREATING LONG-TERM VALUE THROUGH

DISCIPLINED CAPITAL ALLOCATION

Nutrien has a proven track record of value generation and efficient capital allocation. Our capital allocation policy prioritizes safe and reliable operations, a strong balance sheet, growing our business, and strong returns to shareholders through a sustainable dividend and share repurchases.

Priorities

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

 

 

 

  Safe and
  Reliable
  Operations

  

 

SUSTAINING

CAPITAL
EXPENDITURES1

  

 

2021

$1.2B

  

 

2020

$0.9B

 

 

LOGO

 

    

 

  Strong
  Balance
  Sheet

  

 

ADJUSTED NET

DEBT/ADJUSTED
EBITDA2

  

 

2021

1.4x

  

 

2020

2.6x

 

 

LOGO

 

    

 

  Value
  Creation
  Through
  High Return
  Growth
  Opportunities

  

 

INVESTING

CAPITAL
EXPENDITURES

  

 

2021

$510M

  

 

2020

$511M

  

BUSINESS

ACQUISITIONS 3

 

 

  

$88M

 

  

$233M

 

  

 

GROWTH

CAPITAL 4

  

 

$598M

  

 

$744M

 

 

LOGO

 

    

 

 

  Return
  Capital to
  Shareholders

  

 

CASH USED

FOR DIVIDENDS

AND SHARE
REPURCHASES1

  

 

2021

$2.1B

  

 

2020

$1.2B

 

 

1

This is a supplementary financial measure. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

2

This is a capital management measure that includes a non-IFRS component. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” and “Other Financial Measures” sections.

3

Net of cash acquired.

4

This is a non-IFRS financial measure. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  15 

 

LOGO
    What we’ve done    What we’ll do
    Invested in our assets to achieve industry-leading utilization rates and safety records. In 2021, we utilized our existing capacity to produce record potash volumes and completed two major turnarounds in nitrogen that will enhance the long-term reliability of our assets.    Deliver on our long-term operating targets through continuous improvement initiatives and investments that enhance reliability and efficiency of our assets.
   

Maintained investment-grade credit ratings.

 

In 2021, we repositioned the balance sheet by reducing long-term debt by $2.1 billion.

   Expect to maintain adjusted net debt/adjusted EBITDA leverage ratios below 3 times through the cycle and do not anticipate the need to materially reduce our total debt any further in the near-term.
   

Executed several initiatives that generate high returns.

 

•  Completed Phase 1 Nitrogen brownfield and commenced Phase 2, which together add approximately 1.4 million tonnes of low-cost production capacity.

 

•  Closed 5 Retail transactions in Brazil since the start of 2020 that are generating $400 million in run-rate revenue and attractive returns on investment.

 

•  Invested in digital and ESG-related capability to grow the business and improve our footprint.

   We are focused on higher return Retail growth opportunities in Brazil, selective tuck-in acquisitions in other core markets, and investing in our proprietary products and digital capabilities. We expect to enhance our Nitrogen business through brownfield expansion and decarbonization projects.
    Returned a total of $2.1B to shareholders in 2021 by repurchasing 15 million shares and increasing our annualized dividend to $1.84 per share, with an average dividend yield of 3.0 percent throughout 2021.    Target a sustainable and growing dividend supported by the stability of Retail. We expect to allocate at a minimum $2 billion to share repurchases in 2022 on a balanced cadence throughout the year.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 16  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

FEEDING THE FUTURE 2030

INTEGRATION OF STRATEGY AND SUSTAINABILITY COMMITMENTS

Our Feeding the Future Plan will help advance our industry and world forward for generations to come. By the year 2030, we aim to make key transformations through ambitious commitments that drive systemic change and lead the next wave of agricultural evolution.

We believe that managing sustainability topics contributes to long-term value creation, protects our reputation, enhances our resilience and creates future opportunities.

In 2021, we established several ESG goals and targets that support our sustainability strategy and 2030 commitments, which are tied directly to our Executive compensation. These commitments contribute to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (“UN SDGs”) and have resulted in significant improvement in our ratings from key ESG rating firms.

Our strategy and targets are related to many of the UN SDGs but our primary focus is SDG 2: Zero Hunger through 2.4.1 sustainable and productive agriculture. We continue to see significant improvement in our overall ratings year-over-year, and improvement versus our peers as well.

Nutrien ESG Rating Profile

 

LOGO

 

1 

Peer groups: MSCI = Specialty Chemicals; CDP and S&P = Chemicals; Sustainalytics = Agricultural Chemicals; Vigeo Eiris = Chemicals North America

2 

CDP Water not scored in 2019

3 

Peer average not available

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  17 

 

Our Global Impact

 

LOGO

 

Feeding the Planet

Sustainably

    

Environment and

Climate Action

      Inclusive
Agriculture
  

Strengthen food security

by scaling sustainable and

productive agriculture.

    

Provide solutions and platforms

to achieve emissions reductions

in alignment with climate science.

     

Support rural livelihoods and increase

participation of underrepresented

stakeholders in agriculture.

  

 

Nutrien’s 2030 Commitments

We have a number of pathways and opportunities to advance our long-term sustainability commitments and expect to invest $500–$700 million to achieve our emissions reduction targets. In 2021, we began our journey towards meeting our Feeding the Future Plan with the launch of several initiatives.

 

 

Nutrien Commitments

 

 

    FEEDING THE PLANET SUSTAINABLY    

 

      ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE  ACTION       INCLUSIVE AGRICULTURE    

Enable growers to adopt sustainable and productive agricultural products and practices on 75 million acres globally by 2030.

 

Launch & Scale a comprehensive Carbon Program, empowering growers and our industry to accelerate climate- smart agriculture practices to reduce GHG emissions and improve soil carbon sequestration, while rewarding growers for outcomes achieved.

 

Achieve a 30 percent reduction in Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions per tonne of our products produced by 2030 (from a 2018 baseline).

 

Invest in new technologies and pursue transition to low-carbon fertilizers, including blue and green ammonia.

 

Leverage our farm-focused technology partnerships and investments to drive positive impact in industry and grower innovation and inclusion.

 

Create new grower financial solutions to strengthen social, economic and environmental outcomes in agriculture.

 

Our Progress

 

   

•  Measured and documented 545,000 sustainable and productive acres in North America

 

•  Carbon Program pilots launched with approximately 225,000 acres subscribed and working with more than 10 suppliers and downstream partners. We are building the frameworks to effectively scale the program

 

•  Progressed decarbonization projects that are expected to reduce CO2 equivalent emissions by approximately 1 million tonnes by the end of 2023

 

•  Launched Phase 2 energy-efficient brownfield nitrogen projects that increase ESN® production

 

•  Entered into partnership with EXMAR to jointly develop and build a low- carbon, ammonia-fueled marine vessel

 

•  Leveraged our network of research farms, Ag-tech partnerships and investments to field trial leading-edge Ag technology and innovations

 

•  Equity, Diversity & Inclusion program accelerated to support target achievement

 

•  Evaluated new inclusive financing offerings to our customers through Nutrien Financial, as well as potential financial collaborations with partners

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 18  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

MARKET CONDITIONS AND OUTLOOK

 

LOGO      Agriculture and Retail    

Operating Environment

 

Global crop prices were supported by strong demand and less than expected supply in recent growing seasons, resulting in historically low global inventory and strong grower margins in 2021. This led to an increase in global planted acreage and higher crop input demand in the core markets we serve.

 

Favorable weather conditions in the spring and fall were also supportive of strong fertilizer and crop protection applications in most regions of North America. US crop yields were near trend levels, while drought conditions significantly impacted crop production in Western Canada.

 

Brazilian growers increased total plantings by 5 million acres due to record profitability and this resulted in higher crop input spending through the growing season. Australian growers experienced favorable weather conditions and harvested record wheat production.

 

The availability of crop inputs, including fertilizer and certain herbicides, was

 

impacted by global production and supply-chain issues in 2021. We utilized the scale of our global supply chain and strategic partnerships to ensure our customers had the product they needed, when they needed it.

 

Outlook

 

Agriculture fundamentals remain very strong as inventory for key global grains and oilseeds is below historical average levels, despite record production in 2021. Corn and soybean prices in the US and Brazil are very strong and prospective crop margins are well above the 10-year average.

 

We expect overall US planted area of major crops to be similar to 2021 levels, with corn and soybean acreage in the range of 91 to 93 million and 87 to 89 million, respectively. We expect strong crop economics will support total Brazilian planted acreage and crop input demand in 2022. Australian growers continue to experience favorable weather, which is expected to support planted acreage and crop input use.

 

Nutrien is well-positioned on fertilizer and crop protection product inventory to begin the North American planting season. We expect Retail fertilizer margins will return to historical average levels after increasing in 2021 due to strategic procurement in a rising price environment.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO      Potash    

Operating Environment

 

We estimate global potash shipments reached a record of approximately 70 million tonnes in 2021. This was driven by record demand in the US, Brazil and Southeast Asian countries. Global potash prices increased in response to record global demand and tightness of supply due to competitor mine flooding, new project delays and uncertainty around sanctions imposed on Belarus by the US and Europe. Global potash production increased by an estimated 1.2 million tonnes in 2021 with Nutrien accounting for nearly all the net increase.

 

Global potash consumption exceeded shipment levels resulting in a drawdown of inventories, in particular in China and India due to lower contract volumes. China reportedly accessed its strategic potash reserves in the fourth quarter to meet domestic demand.

 

Outlook

 

We believe that supply issues will continue into 2022, including due to the additional restrictions imposed on Belarus potash transported through Lithuania. Additional supply is expected to come online during the year from new projects in Canada and Russia.

 

We forecast 2022 global shipments in a range of 68 to 71 million tonnes, similar to 2021. We expect demand

 

LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  19 

 

LOGO      Potash continued...    
growth in China and India due to their low inventory levels, and the potential for temporary reductions in North America and Latin America, following a record year.   Nutrien expects record potash sales volumes between 13.7 and 14.3 million tonnes in 2022. This forecast assumes sanctions on Belarus have a temporary impact on global supply. If there was a more significant long-term impact on global supply, Nutrien has the capability to   further ramp up production by hiring additional employees and incurring some small incremental capital expenditures.

 

LOGO      Nitrogen    

Operating Environment

 

Global nitrogen consumption grew by approximately one percent in 2021 driven by increased fertilizer demand for agricultural production as well as strong industrial demand in the US and Asia.

 

Natural gas prices surged in Europe and Asia due to tight supplies and stronger-than-expected energy demand. North American gas prices increased but to a much lesser extent than other major nitrogen producing regions. Record European natural gas prices in the second half contributed to a significant curtailment of nitrogen capacity. Weather-related outages,

 

export restrictions and project delays also contributed to tight supply.

 

Nitrogen benchmark prices increased significantly as a result of the tightening fundamentals and higher global energy costs.

 

Outlook

 

Nitrogen prices are expected to be supported by strong demand, high energy prices in Europe, government restrictions and geopolitical risks in key export markets. North American natural gas prices increased in early 2022 but we expect Henry Hub prices to average between $3.75 and $4.25 per MMBtu in 2022, well below import pricing levels in Europe and Asia.

 

Nutrien expects to increase Nitrogen sales volumes to between 10.8 and 11.3 million tonnes in 2022 with the completion of Phase 1 brownfield expansion projects in 2021 and higher expected anticipated rates.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO      Phosphate    
Operating Environment   Outlook  

LOGO

 

Global phosphate prices trended higher in 2021 supported by strong demand and limited new supply. Global trade flows continued to adjust to US countervailing duties on imports from Morocco and Russia. Sulfur and ammonia input costs increased significantly in 2021, however higher phosphate prices supported increased production margins.  

We expect phosphate fertilizer prices will be supported by a reduction in supply from China due to export restrictions and elevated raw material input cost. This is compounded by tight inventories in key import markets such as India.

 

Industrial and feed phosphate product prices are expected to increase but higher sulfur input costs could offset a significant portion of this increase.

We report our results in four reportable operating segments: Nutrien Ag Solutions (“Retail”), Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA is the primary profit measure used to evaluate the segments’ performance as it excludes the impact of non-cash impairments and other costs that are centrally managed by our corporate function. Refer to Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for details.

 

 

Net sales (sales revenues less freight, transportation and distribution expenses) is the primary revenue measure used in planning and forecasting in the Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate operating segments.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 20  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

 

LOGO

    

                      NUTRIEN AG SOLUTIONS

                     (“RETAIL”)

 

          

$1.9B

 

10.9%

   $1.0B     

>800K

  
 

Record

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Total

Adjusted EBITDA

Margin1

  

Proprietary Products Gross Margin

    

US Soil

Sample Tests

Performed

  

 

 

Our Business

Nutrien Ag Solutions is the world’s largest retailer of crop inputs and services, with over 2,000 Retail locations across the globe providing whole-acre solutions to approximately 500,000 grower accounts in North America, South America and Australia. Our focus is to help our customers meet the ever-growing demand for food, and advance the efficiency, profitability, and sustainability of their operations.

 

Our world-class network provides unparalleled access to growers with more than 1,500 locations in North America, over 400 locations in Australia and now more than 125 locations in South America, including a growing business in Brazil. Our supply chain and strategic partnerships, including over 1,000 crop input suppliers, ensure reliable delivery of crop inputs when our grower customers need them, where they need them.

We have approximately 3,900 agronomists and field experts who provide critical advice from the crop planning stage right through to harvest. This supports our grower customers in the ever-increasing challenge to increase yields and maximize returns, while improving on sustainability practices and outcomes.

Our Retail digital platform works seamlessly across Field Planning, Digital Agronomy, Ecommerce and Sustainability, providing an end-to-end experience for the grower, leveraging data to better serve our customers. We have also professionalized our long-standing finance offering to growers, providing a flexible and competitive option to finance their crop inputs.

We produce approximately 2,000 proprietary products that span the crop input chain, including seed, crop nutrients and crop protection. Key brands such as our Loveland Products and Dyna-Gro seed aim to give growers an advantage in producing the highest crop outcomes, while at the same time including a portfolio of specialty products that enhance sustainability practices. Our proprietary products generate meaningfully higher margins compared to third-party products, and we produce and distribute them from over 30 formulation facilities located in all key markets where we operate.

We are committed to supporting the increase of global food production, including the adoption of sustainable agricultural products and practices on 75 million acres globally. Our agricultural Carbon Program is a key initiative we have rolled out to provide farmers with the tools and practices that can help improve their environmental footprint, while providing a financial vehicle to monetize those improvements, creating a win-win situation for our industry and society in the pursuit of feeding a growing world.

 

 

1

This is a supplementary financial measure. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  21 

 

Competitive Landscape

The Ag retail industry is highly fragmented in most of our major markets, but evolving to best meet grower needs, with a variety of ownership structures and varying degrees of access to capital.

 

The major markets where we operate are primarily comprised of many small Ag retailers along with a small number of mid-sized competitors.

The US market remains fragmented, including cooperatives of various sizes, and continues to be a key focus area to grow our leading position through tuck-in acquisitions. In Western Canada, Nutrien continues to lead the market and grow organically through our proprietary products offering, including the Proven seed brand.

The Australian market is unique in that growers require a full suite of crop production inputs, but also solutions for livestock, water and irrigation services.

In Brazil, the market Nutrien is strategically targeting is characterized by small to medium-sized independent retail locations. There is an opportunity for Nutrien to enhance the product, service and solution offerings to growers in these select regions.

Growers want whole-acre solutions that can include a full suite of products, services and solutions, rooted in sound unbiased agronomic advice and analytics, stressing the importance of timely delivery and reliability of supply.

We believe scale, reliability and innovative solutions, including a focus on digital offerings and sustainability, will be required in the future in order to meet evolving grower needs and drive long-term growth and profitability for Retail.

 

 

Our Strategy

We are growing our world-class Retail network through organic growth initiatives and accretive acquisitions that enhance our ability to provide leading whole-acre solutions for farmers around the world.

We have opportunity to further realize benefits from an integrated business model, improve scalability and efficiency, and build on the trusted relationships with our agronomists and field consultants that have served growers through many agricultural cycles. We are committed to growing our business through five key organic pillars, while expanding our footprint through strategic acquisitions in our core markets.

Driving Organic Growth

 

LOGO

    

      1  

 

 Network

 

We are focused on enhancing the utilization of upstream products, cross-company supply chain optimization, building on the strong relationships with our external suppliers and optimizing our network efficiency in order to further build on our supply chain strength.

 

LOGO

    

       2  

 

 Proprietary

   Products

 

These higher-margin products give us differentiation and play a key role in providing leading crop inputs to our grower customers. They cater to specific geographic conditions and variability, including biologicals and nutritional solutions that boost yields and address soil health and agricultural sustainability.

 

LOGO

    

       3  

 

  Digital

 Platform

 

The platform is strengthening the customer/agronomist relationship and providing key agronomic data and insights to help our grower customers optimize their crop input decisions. We continue to add functionality and plan to expand the offering to Australia and South America in 2022.

 

LOGO

    

       4  

 

  Nutrien

 Financial

 

Our financing solutions provide competitive product financing for our customers, supporting customer retention and business growth. We are building new partnerships with diverse grower groups, and are exploring new finance program opportunities to promote sustainable agriculture and support positive environmental outcomes.

 

LOGO

    

      5  

 

  Sustainability                

 

We are playing a leading role in providing the products, services and solutions that growers need to increase production and profitability, while minimizing their environmental footprint. Our end-to-end Carbon Program is a key initiative that supports delivering on this commitment.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |    FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS            OTHER INFORMATION


 

 22  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Executing on Accretive Acquisitions

 

Nutrien Ag Solutions has a solid track record of strategic acquisitions in our core markets, which we believe is key to best meeting grower needs. Our tuck-in strategy continues to add value as we access new customers, further expand our higher-margin proprietary products, and integrate the business with our digital platform, world-class supply chain, and sustainability initiatives. Our primary focus will be on selective acquisitions in the US where we have room to grow.

We have made significant progress towards growing our business in Brazil, which is one of the largest and fastest-growing agriculture markets in the world. Our strategy is to provide leading whole-acre solutions to growers, similar to our other key markets, but with a more asset-lite model and a very targeted approach to the customers and regions we serve.

 

 

2021 Performance

Our Retail team effectively navigated a number of global supply chain challenges by utilizing the scale of our world-class network and strategic partnerships to drive market share gains and margin growth.

 

We achieved record Retail adjusted EBITDA of $1.9 billion, exceeded our 2023 adjusted EBITDA margin target and geographically diversified our Retail earnings further with 34 percent of adjusted EBITDA generated outside the US. Our ability to respond to a surge in customer demand also resulted in market share gains in all major product categories, including record crop nutrient sales volumes of 13.4 million tonnes.

We progressed on a number of organic growth initiatives, which yielded strong results, including record adjusted EBITDA per US selling location1 of $1.5 million and normalized comparable store sales2 reaching 7 percent. We improved our operating and working capital metrics with our cash operating coverage ratio2 of 58 percent and our average adjusted working capital to sales2 ratio declining to 13 percent. Our proprietary products portfolio contributed 23 percent of total Retail gross margin, and sales through our digitally enabled platform increased to $2.1 billion, representing 17 percent of retail sales in North America. Nutrien Financial generated growth in US finance offerings and program adoption and continued its expansion into Australia.

Acquisitions continue to be a significant part of our growth strategy. We completed 12 tuck-in acquisitions in the US and Australia in 2021, but were more selective given the stage of the agricultural cycle. We have deployed ~$300 million in Brazil since the start of 2020 through 5 transactions. We are on track to achieve our 2023 target of a run-rate EBITDA of $100 million in Brazil, generating over $65 million of EBITDA in 2021. We have a strong pipeline of acquisition targets and an exceptional local team in place to deliver on our strategy.

Nutrien also made progress advancing our Carbon Program in 2021. We doubled our initial target acreage sign-ups, with approximately 225,000 acres committed across our pilot portfolio. There was great interest from a diverse group of stakeholders including growers, supply chain partners, prospective buyers, NGOs and governments. 2021 was a key year of learning, providing valuable insights into how best to position and scale our comprehensive Carbon Program to drive impact. As we look forward into 2022, we plan to begin to scale portions of our North American portfolio, with meaningful increases in acreage, and launch pilots in South America and Australia.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

1

These are supplementary financial measures. See “Other Financial Measures” section. Excludes acquisitions.

2

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

LOGO

 R

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  23 

 

RETAIL FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

          Dollars            Gross Margin            Gross Margin (%)  
   

(millions of US dollars, except

as otherwise noted)

    

 

     2021       

 

    2020       

 

   

%   

Change   

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

   

%   

Change   

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020  

Sales

                               

Crop nutrients

   

 

7,290

 

   

 

5,200

 

   

 

40   

 

   

 

1,597

 

   

 

1,130

 

   

 

41   

 

   

 

22

 

   

 

22

 

Crop protection products

   

 

6,333

 

   

 

5,602

 

   

 

13   

 

   

 

  1,551

 

   

 

  1,303

 

   

 

       19   

 

   

 

       24

 

   

 

23

 

Seed

   

 

2,008

 

   

 

1,790

 

   

 

12   

 

   

 

419

 

   

 

363

 

   

 

15   

 

   

 

21

 

   

 

20

 

Merchandise

   

 

1,033

 

   

 

943

 

   

 

10   

 

   

 

172

 

   

 

157

 

   

 

10   

 

   

 

17

 

   

 

17

 

Nutrien Financial

   

 

       189

 

   

 

129

 

   

 

47   

 

   

 

189

 

   

 

129

 

   

 

47   

 

   

 

100

 

   

 

     100

 

Services and other

   

 

1,051

 

   

 

1,241

 

   

 

(15)  

 

   

 

842

 

   

 

774

 

   

 

9   

 

   

 

80

 

   

 

62

 

Nutrien Financial elimination 1

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(170

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(120

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(170

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(120

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

   

 

 

 

17,734

 

 

   

 

 

 

14,785

 

 

   

 

 

 

20   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4,600

 

 

   

 

 

 

3,736

 

 

   

 

 

 

23   

 

 

   

 

 

 

26

 

 

   

 

 

 

25

 

 

Cost of goods sold

         

 

13,134

 

         

 

11,049

 

         

 

19   

 

   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Gross margin

   

 

 

 

4,600

 

 

   

 

 

 

3,736

 

 

   

 

 

 

23   

 

 

 

Expenses 2

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,378

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,974

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before finance costs and taxes (“EBIT”)

   

 

1,222

 

   

 

762

 

   

 

60   

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

706

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

668

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         6   

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

   

 

 

 

1,928

 

 

   

 

 

 

1,430

 

 

   

 

 

 

35   

 

 

 

Adjustments 3

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/m   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,939

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,430

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1  Represents elimination for the interest and service fees charged by Nutrien Financial to Retail branches.

2  Includes selling expenses of $3,124 million (2020 – $2,795 million).

3  See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

   

   

   

 
                               

 

 

 

 

The most significant contributors to the changes in our Retail financial performance were as follows:

 

    

2021 vs 2020

 

Crop nutrients

 

Sales and gross margin increased in 2021 due to higher global sales volumes and higher selling prices from strong agriculture fundamentals. Gross margin percentage was flat as increases in selling prices were offset by higher purchasing costs.

 

Crop protection products

 

Sales and gross margin increased in 2021 primarily due to higher selling prices, market share growth and higher proprietary product sales. Gross margin percentage increased by 1 percentage point compared to 2020 due to strategic procurement in a rising pricing environment, higher proprietary product sales and product mix.

 

Seed

 

Sales and gross margin increased in 2021 due to significant organic growth achieved in South America and Australia following recent expansion initiatives and acquisitions, higher planted acreage in key regions where we operate, and strong grower margins leading to increased purchases. Gross margin percentage increased by 1 percentage point due to price increases, including from our proprietary products.

 

Merchandise

 

Sales and gross margin increased in 2021 due to strong grower and rancher purchasing in Australia.

 

Nutrien Financial

 

Gross margin increased in 2021 due to higher utilization and adoption of our programs, including from the expansion of Nutrien Financial.

 

Services and other

 

Gross margin increased in 2021, despite lower sales due to the divestment of an Australian livestock export business, which more than offset higher Australian livestock and real estate sales and higher US custom application sales.

 

Selling expenses

 

Expenses increased in 2021 due to higher sales activity, while selling expenses as a percentage of sales decreased.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA increased in 2021 primarily due to higher sales and gross margin from strong crop prices driving demand for crop input products, while improving cash expense levels as a percentage of sales compared to 2020.

 

LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 24  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

SELECTED RETAIL MEASURES

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Proprietary products margin as a percentage of product line margin (%)

           

Crop nutrients

     

 

21

 

     

 

25

 

Crop protection products

     

 

34

 

     

 

32

 

Seed

           

 

44

 

           

 

46

 

All products

           

 

23

 

           

 

23

 

Crop nutrients sales volumes (tonnes – thousands)

           

North America

     

 

9,848

 

     

 

9,746

 

International

           

 

3,535

 

           

 

2,986

 

Total

           

 

        13,383

 

           

 

12,732

 

Crop nutrients selling price per tonne

           

North America

     

 

556

 

     

 

421

 

International

           

 

512

 

           

 

367

 

Total

           

 

545

 

           

 

408

 

Crop nutrients gross margin per tonne

           

North America

     

 

133

 

     

 

99

 

International

           

 

82

 

           

 

55

 

Total

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

119

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

89

 

 

Financial performance measures     

 

 

 

 

 

     2023 Target       

 

 

 

 

 

     2021 Actuals       

 

 

 

 

 

     2020 Actuals  

Retail adjusted EBITDA margin (%) 1

     

 

11

 

     

 

11

 

     

 

10

 

Retail adjusted EBITDA per US selling location (thousands of US dollars) 1,2

     

 

1,100

 

     

 

1,481

 

     

 

1,075

 

Retail adjusted average working capital to sales (%) 3

     

 

17

 

     

 

13

 

     

 

15

 

Retail adjusted average working capital to sales excluding Nutrien Financial (%) 3,4

           

 

 

     

 

5

 

Nutrien Financial adjusted net interest margin (%) 3,4

           

 

6.6

 

     

 

5.3

 

Retail cash operating coverage ratio (%) 3

     

 

60

 

     

 

58

 

     

 

62

 

Retail normalized comparable store sales (%) 3,4

           

 

7

 

     

 

6

 

Retail digital platform sales to total sales (%) 1

     

 

50

 

     

 

17

 

     

 

11

 

Retail grower engagement (%) 4,5

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

11

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

10

 

 

1

These are supplementary financial measures. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

2

Excluding acquisitions.

3

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

4

No target was provided.

5

Percent of North American Retail growers doing one or more significant activities on the digital platform, such as ordering products and making payments.

Nutrien Financial

We offer flexible financing solutions to our customers in support of Nutrien’s agricultural product and service sales. Qualifying retail customers in the US and Australia are offered extended payment terms, typically up to one year, to facilitate the alignment of grower crop cycles with cash flows. Nutrien Financial revenues are primarily earned through interest and service fees that are charged to our Retail branches.

We hold a significant portion of receivables from customers that have historically experienced a low-default rate. We manage our credit portfolio based on a combination of review of customer credit metrics, past experience with the customer and exposure to any single customer. Nutrien Financial, which is our wholly owned finance captive, monitors and services the portfolio of our high-quality receivables from customers that have the lowest risk of default among Retail’s receivables from customers. We monitor the results of this portfolio of receivables separately because we calculate the cost of capital attributable to the high-quality receivables from customers differently from our other receivables. Specifically, we assume a debt to equity ratio of 7:1 in funding Nutrien Financial receivables, based on the underlying credit quality of the assets.

Nutrien Financial relies on corporate capital for funding. We estimate the deemed interest expense using an average borrowing rate of 1.25 percent applied to the notional debt required to fund the portfolio of receivables from customers monitored and serviced by Nutrien Financial. The balance of our Retail receivables (outside of Nutrien Financial) are subject to marginally higher credit risk.

 

 

 

    

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

     As at December 31,  
(millions of US dollars)      Current       
<31 days
past due
 
 
    
31–90 days
past due
 
 
    
>90 days
past due
 
 
    
Gross
Receivables
 
 
     Allowance  1      
2021 Net
Receivables
 
 
    
2020 Net
Receivables
 
 

North America

  

 

1,410

 

  

 

45

 

  

 

12

 

  

 

47

 

  

 

1,514

 

  

 

(26

  

 

1,488

 

  

 

1,150

 

International

  

 

537

 

  

 

47

 

  

 

26

 

  

 

54

 

  

 

664

 

  

 

(2

  

 

662

 

  

 

242

 

Nutrien Financial receivables 2

  

 

1,947

 

  

 

92

 

  

 

38

 

  

 

101

 

  

 

2,178

 

  

 

(28

  

 

2,150

 

  

 

1,392

 

 

1

Bad debt expense on the above receivables for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $10 million (2020 – $26 million) in the Retail segment.

2

Gross receivables include $1,792 million (2020 – $1,147 million) of very low risk of default and $386 million (2020 – $270 million) of low risk of default.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  25 

 

LOGO

POTASH

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

 

$2.7B

Record

Adjusted EBITDA

  

13.6Mmt

Record

Sales Volume

 

1Mmt

Potash Produced

Using Tele-remote and

Autonomous Methods

 

 

 

 

 

Our Business

Nutrien is well-positioned to create long-term value due to our flexible, low-cost network of 6 mines, and significant volume growth optionality.

 

As the world’s largest soft rock miner and producer of potash, with approximately 21 percent of global capacity, our mines are positioned to provide the world with decades of low-cost production. Situated in the best potash geology in the world, we employ world-class technology, processes and decades of experience, enabling our assets to reliably and safely produce potash.

We have 4 million tonnes of available potash capacity that can be brought online with limited time and capital in response to increasing global demand or due to supply interruptions. In addition, we have line of sight to 5 million tonnes of additional brownfield expansions, which can be incrementally developed at a much lower cost and shorter timeline than a greenfield mine.

We operate 6 mines as part of a diverse and flexible network that allows us to optimize our assets to cost-effectively supply the market and minimize the risk of lost production and sales due to unforeseen production downtime. Our product diversity allows us to serve customers in all major markets around the globe.

Our extensive transportation and distribution network is built to serve global markets and withstand even the most

disruptive weather or market-driven events. Our North American assets alone consist of approximately 6,200 railcars and 300 distribution points. Canpotex provides us access to 4 marine terminals in Canada and the US for delivery to over 40 international markets, providing the highest level of reliability for our customers.

Safety is paramount to Nutrien’s culture and actions, and in Potash is supported by actions such as our investment in maintaining our production network, decades of developing best practices in potash mining and the adoption of new technologies.

We are also committed to supporting the communities we live in, and with our 6 mines situated in the province of Saskatchewan, engaging with Indigenous communities is vital to our long-term success. This priority is carried out through employment, supply chain and investment that provides for the opportunity to build meaningful relationships in our communities.

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 26  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Competitive Landscape

High quality potash reserves in significant quantities are limited to a small number of countries globally. Canada has the largest known global potash reserves, accounting for approximately 38 percent of the total.

 

More than 75 percent of the world’s potash capacity is held by the six largest producers. Our primary competitors are located in Russia, Belarus, Canada, Germany, Israel and Jordan. Building new production capacity requires significant capital and time to bring online. Geological and geopolitical events can result in short-term disruptions to global supply.

Most major potash-consuming countries in Asia and Latin America have limited or no indigenous production capability and rely on imports to meet their needs. This is an important difference between potash and other major crop nutrients. Trade typically accounts for approximately three-quarters of demand for potash, resulting in a globally diversified marketplace.

The global demand growth rate for potash has outpaced that of other primary nutrients, averaging approximately 2.9 percent cumulative annual growth rate (“CAGR”) since 2015, with the expectation of an additional 18 million tonnes of new demand added by 2030.

Potash demand growth will be driven by increasing nutrient requirements of higher-yielding crops and improving soil fertility practices, particularly in emerging markets where potash has been historically under-applied and crop yields lag.

 

 

Our Strategy

We will utilize our world-class network to respond quickly to changes in market supply and demand dynamics. We will continue to focus on efficiency and new technologies to lower our costs, optimize our asset base, and preserve the reliability and safety of our operations.

 

LOGO        

LOGO   

    

LOGO   

   1

Production

  Capacity

   2

    Network

   Optimization

3

   Next Generation

Potash

In addition to being the world’s largest potash producer, our 4 million tonnes of available capacity positions us to bring on significant additional low-cost production that no other existing producer has the capability to deliver. Our world-class mine network and transportation and distribution system reliably provides tonnes to key markets around the world. We continuously assess market needs, preserving the ability to flex our mine network and increase production as needed to meet demand growth and industry supply disruptions.      We are focused on achieving the optimal production mix, which maximizes the benefits of our low-cost position and a leading domestic and offshore distribution network. At the same time, we regularly undertake preventative maintenance to ensure the high quality, reliability and safety of our operations.      We are investing in initiatives focused on self-generated power (including solar and wind), autonomous and tele-remote mining, and other advanced technologies to continue to lower our production costs, optimize throughput, and improve our environmental footprint and safety performance. These are being made from the mine face right through to the mill.
    

 

LOGO

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

LOGO

 K

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  27 

 

2021 Performance

Our Potash network demonstrated its scale, flexibility and reliability this year by significantly increasing production, while progressing on innovation initiatives to further optimize our production capability and cost profile, and ensuring our workers’ safety remained a top priority.

 

In response to strong global demand and supply constraints, Nutrien stepped up in 2021 and produced nearly 1 million tonnes of additional potash compared to what was planned at the start of the year. That decision was made to ensure our customers around the world received the product they needed and highlighted the capability of our flexible 6-mine network. We increased production of granular potash in response to increased demand for this premium product, showcasing our product mix agility. This production increase contributed to record potash sales volumes of 13.6 million tonnes, and record Potash adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion.

Our performance was also largely attributable to the strength of our supply chain, where we were able to deliver on our sales commitments despite two major weather-related rail interruptions in British Columbia. Having access to 6 mines and 4 marine terminals is a significant advantage for Nutrien and underscores our leadership position in the potash business. Despite headwinds from a stronger Canadian dollar, raw material cost inflation, and higher royalties, our average cost of goods sold per tonne was up by only 2 percent, due to mine network optimization and focus on cost control.

We advanced autonomous and tele-remote mining initiatives, which allow us to remove our operators from the active mining face. We are now able to operate mining machines from surface at our Lanigan and Cory mines. In 2021, we produced more than 1 million tonnes of product using autonomous and tele-remote methods. Within the scope of our Predictive Maintenance program, many of our key assets utilize machine vision capabilities to monitor and predict failures, inform maintenance strategies, and minimize downtime of our mines and mills. The Next Generation Potash program highlights the power of Nutrien’s Potash production network, relying on a broad spectrum of internal expertise and experience and partnering with local and international partners.

Progress was made on our self-generation initiatives that aim to produce power using wind and solar energy at our potash production facilities, and construction of a natural gas facility at our Rocanville mine site that is expected to meet the majority of power demand with lower-emission electricity than available from the public grid.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 28  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

POTASH FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

          Dollars                 Tonnes (thousands)                   Average per Tonne  
   

(millions of US dollars, except

as otherwise noted)

    

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
      

 

      

 

  2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
      

 

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
 
   

Manufactured product

                                         

Net sales

                                         

North America

   

 

1,638

 

   

 

908

 

   

 

80

 

       

 

5,159

 

   

 

4,815

 

   

 

7

 

     

 

317

 

   

 

189

 

   

 

68

 

Offshore

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,398

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,238

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

8,466

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,009

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          6

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      283

 

 

 

      

 

 

 

     155

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

   
   

 

      4,036

 

   

 

      2,146

 

   

 

88

 

       

 

  13,625

   

   

 

      12,824

 

   

 

6

 

     

 

296

 

   

 

167

 

   

 

77

 

Cost of goods sold

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,285

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,183

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            9

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Gross margin – total

   

 

2,751

 

   

 

963

 

   

 

186

 

                     

 

202

 

   

 

75

 

   

 

169

 

Expenses 1

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

512

   

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            2

 

 

EBIT

   

 

2,239

 

   

 

715

 

   

 

213

 

       

 

Gross margin excluding depreciation

 

           

Depreciation and amortization

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

488

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 and amortization – manufactured 3

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

238

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

EBITDA

   

 

2,727

 

   

 

1,167

 

   

 

134

 

       

 

Potash cash cost of product

 

           

Adjustments 2

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(61

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 manufactured 3

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,736

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,190

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Includes provincial mining taxes of $466 million (2020 – $201 million).

2

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

3

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

 

The most significant contributors to the changes in our Potash financial performance were as follows:

 

    

2021 vs 2020

 

Sales volumes

 

North America and Offshore sales volumes increased in 2021 due to very strong global demand, tight global supply caused by outages from other potash producers, and our ability to increase production from our flexible, low-cost network of six mines and integrated transportation and logistics system.

 

Net realized selling price

 

Average selling prices increased in 2021 compared to 2020 due to higher global benchmark prices and tighter global supply caused by competitor outages and project delays as well as uncertainty regarding future sanctions on Belarus.

 

Cost of goods sold per tonne

 

Costs increased in 2021 due to the stronger Canadian dollar, higher royalties resulting from increased selling prices, higher input costs resulting from inflation, higher natural gas costs and changes in mine production mix.

 

Provincial mining taxes

 

We are subject to Saskatchewan provincial resource taxes, including the potash production tax and the resource surcharge. Expenses increased in 2021 primarily due to higher average potash selling prices, which are the basis for certain taxes.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA increased in 2021 due to the impact of higher net realized selling prices, which was partially offset by higher cash cost of goods sold per tonne and higher provincial mining taxes.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  29 

 

CANPOTEX SALES BY MARKET

 

(percentage of sales volumes except as otherwise noted)           2021             2020             Change  

Latin America

    

 

              38

 

    

 

              32

 

    

 

6

 

Other Asian markets 1

    

 

35

 

    

 

25

 

    

 

              10

 

China

    

 

11

 

    

 

22

 

    

 

(11

Other markets

    

 

10

 

    

 

7

 

    

 

3

 

India

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

6

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

14

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(8

 

1

All Asian markets except China and India.

LOGO

POTASH PRODUCTION

 

 

    

 

      

 

      

 

     Operational Capability 2       

 

      

 

     Production  
 
(million tonnes KCI)     

 

 

 

 

 

    
Nameplate
Capacity
 
 1 
    

 

 

 

 

 

       2022       

 

 

 

 

 

       2021      

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

       2021       

 

 

 

 

 

       2020  
 

Rocanville Potash

     

 

6.5

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

5.2

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

5.2

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

5.00

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

5.29

 

Allan Potash

     

 

4.0

 

     

 

3.0

 

     

 

3.0

 

      

 

2.78

 

     

 

2.79

 

Vanscoy Potash

     

 

3.0

 

     

 

1.1

 

     

 

1.0

 

      

 

1.05

 

     

 

0.51

 

Lanigan Potash

     

 

3.8

 

     

 

2.7

 

     

 

2.8

 

      

 

2.91

 

     

 

2.33

 

Cory Potash

     

 

3.0

 

     

 

2.0

 

     

 

1.8

 

      

 

1.77

 

     

 

1.40

 

Patience Lake Potash

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.3

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.3

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.3

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.28

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.27

 

 

Total

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

20.6

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

14.3

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

        14.1

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

       13.79

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

12.59

 

 

Shutdown weeks 3

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

14

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

38

 

 

1

Represents estimates of capacity as at December 31, 2021. Estimates based on capacity as per design specifications or Canpotex entitlements once determined. In the case of Patience Lake, estimate reflects current operational capability. Estimates for all other facilities do not necessarily represent operational capability.

2

Estimated annual achievable production level at current staffing and operational readiness (estimated at the beginning of the year, and may vary during the year, and year-to-year, including between our facilities). Estimate does not include inventory-related shutdowns and unplanned downtime. In 2021, in response to strong global demand and supply constraints, we produced nearly 1 million tonnes of additional potash compared to what was planned.

3

Represents weeks of full production shutdown, excluding the impact of any periods of reduced operating rates and planned routine annual maintenance shutdowns and announced workforce reductions.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 30  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

LOGO

 

    

NITROGEN

 

    $2.3B   500K    1.1M     
   

Record

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Tonnes

Expected Production Capacity

from Phase 2 Brownfield

Projects Started in 2021

  

Tonnes

CO2e Captured

    

 

Our Business

Nutrien has a large, low-cost nitrogen business that supplies a diverse set of agricultural and industrial end markets. We play a leading role in providing solutions to the sustainable production and use of nitrogen products.

 

Our 9 nitrogen production facilities across North America and Trinidad possess significant advantages. Nutrien is one of the largest producers of nitrogen products in the world, including ammonia capacity of 7.1 million tonnes. Our sales portfolio represents a well-balanced combination of agricultural and industrial products, providing flexibility to optimize our product mix during changing market conditions. Agriculture sales represent approximately 60 percent of our nitrogen sales.

Our North American operations are situated in close proximity to major consuming markets, providing selling and delivery advantages. Our operations in Canada and the US have access to some of the lowest cost natural gas feedstock supply in the world, which represents approximately 80 percent of our total nitrogen sales volume. We have an extensive network of approximately 220 distribution points with over 1.3 million tonnes of storage capacity, providing the ability to place product and service customers very efficiently.

Our Trinidad operations are situated on tide water, where we deliver to approximately 30 countries, with a focus on industrial end markets. We have gas supply contracts in Trinidad with gas costs indexed to ammonia prices. We also have an investment in a world-scale nitrogen facility in Argentina, which serves the growing agricultural markets in South America.

Nutrien is playing a leading role in sustainably feeding the world, including improvements to the environmental footprint of nitrogen production and agricultural use. We have two active carbon sequestration projects and are a leader in low-carbon ammonia production, with 1 million tonnes of production capability. We also have many nitrogen-based fertilizer products that play an innovative and effective role in reducing farming’s environmental footprint, including over 450 thousand tonnes of our proprietary enhanced efficiency ESN® product.

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  31 

 

Competitive Landscape

Production of nitrogen is the most geographically diverse of the three primary crop nutrients due to the widespread availability of hydrogen sources, with low-cost and reliable energy feedstock being a key competitive advantage.

 

Ammonia is primarily consumed close to the regions in which it is produced due to the cost of transportation, whereas urea and nitrogen solutions are more widely transported and traded. We compete with other producers in Canada and the US and several offshore suppliers.

Access to reliable and competitively priced energy feedstock supply has become an increasingly important driver of profitability, as recent weather, political and economic events have created additional volatility in certain global energy markets.

The US remains one of the largest importers of nitrogen and a key driver of global trade despite a significant increase in domestic capacity and production over the past decade.

In developed regions of the world, nitrogen producers are focused on reducing CO2e emissions. In addition, the scope of industrial uses for low-carbon ammonia has expanded, including marine fuels and as a hydrogen carrier for power generation, with the potential to significantly increase global demand for ammonia. These changes present an opportunity for Nutrien, due to the location of our assets, existing supply chain and customer relationships.

 

 

Our Strategy

Nutrien is growing the nitrogen business through strategic investment projects that improve the reliability and energy efficiency of our plants, while increasing capacity and product flexibility. We are also taking steps to reduce GHG emissions and are evaluating opportunities to further enhance our capability to produce low-carbon ammonia.

 

LOGO

1

Reliability, Efficiency

and Productivity

We are investing in short-payback projects that improve the safety and efficiency of our plants. These initiatives reduce production costs, help to prevent unplanned downtime and provide a safer environment for our employees. We will continue to optimize our nitrogen network to best leverage the production flexibility of our low-cost facilities and extensive distribution network.

LOGO

2

Brownfield

Capacity Expansions

Nutrien is growing and improving the position of our assets through low-risk, high return projects that enhance our product mix, improve our energy efficiency and expand our North American capacity. We expect to invest $260 million in a second phase of brownfield projects that will add approximately 500 thousand tonnes of annualized, low-cost and environmentally efficient production capacity over the next few years.

LOGO

3

Sustainability

Leader

We are reducing the carbon footprint of our nitrogen operations through energy efficiency and N2O abatement initiatives, as well as evaluating additional opportunities to expand our capability to produce low-carbon ammonia. We are working on a number of innovative projects and partnerships, such as a pilot with the US Department of Energy assessing the feasibility of green ammonia, and a partnership with EXMAR to develop an ammonia-fueled vessel. We are also supporting our grower customers reduce their footprint by expanding our portfolio of sustainable products including ESN®, and sales of urea solutions into the DEF market.

 

 

LOGO

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 32  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

2021 Performance

We provided outstanding service to our customers in the wake of strong global demand and impacts of weather-related production outages and rising global energy feedstock costs.

 

We delivered record Nitrogen adjusted EBITDA of $2.3 billion highlighting the advantage of our low-cost assets, in-market production and extensive distribution network. Despite weather-related production downtime, we were able to utilize our geographically diversified network to meet our sales commitments. We completed two large turnarounds at Borger and Redwater, ensuring continued safety, reliability and efficiency at our sites.

Phase 1 of our brownfield expansion projects, which started in 2018, was completed in 2021 on time and on budget, and we expect to fully realize the benefits of these projects in 2022. We initiated Phase 2 of our brownfield expansion projects in 2021, which will increase production volume and improve energy efficiency and are expected to generate attractive returns on investment.

We captured 1.1 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent in 2021. Sales of our ESN® product and urea solutions product into DEF markets in 2021 were over 1 million tonnes, representing a combined 6 percent growth rate from 2020. In addition, we have approved and commenced with the first tranche of decarbonization projects in Nitrogen, allocating $50 million towards projects that will reduce our CO2 equivalent emissions by approximately 1 million tonnes by the end of 2023 and provide a significant step towards our 2030 GHG emissions reduction targets.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 N

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  33 

 

NITROGEN FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

          Dollars                 Tonnes (thousands)                   Average per Tonne   
   

(millions of US dollars, except

as otherwise noted)

    

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
      

 

      

 

  2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
      

 

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
 
   

Manufactured product

                                         

Net sales

                                         

Ammonia

   

 

1,393

 

   

 

621

 

   

 

124

 

       

 

2,919

 

   

 

2,778

 

   

 

5

 

     

 

477

 

   

 

224

 

   

 

113

 

Urea

   

 

1,463

 

   

 

933

 

   

 

57

 

       

 

3,059

 

   

 

3,475

 

   

 

(12

     

 

478

 

   

 

268

 

   

 

78

 

Solutions, nitrates and sulfates

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,128

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

668

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

4,747

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,713

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          1

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      238

 

 

 

      

 

 

 

     142

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

   
   

 

      3,984

 

   

 

      2,222

 

   

 

79

 

       

 

  10,725

 

   

 

      10,966

 

   

 

(2

     

 

371

 

   

 

203

 

   

 

83

 

Cost of goods sold

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,353

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,804

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            30

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

165

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

Gross margin – manufactured

   

 

1,631

 

   

 

418

 

   

 

290

 

                     

 

152

 

   

 

38

 

   

 

300

 

Gross margin – other 1

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

 

Gross margin – total

   

 

1,726

 

   

 

475

 

   

 

263

 

       

 

Gross margin excluding depreciation

 

           

Income

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)   

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(225

)   

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(99

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 and amortization – manufactured 3

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

EBIT

   

 

1,729

 

   

 

700

 

   

 

147

 

       

 

Ammonia controllable cash cost of

 

           

Depreciation and amortization

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

557

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

599

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 product manufactured 3

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

EBITDA

   

 

2,286

 

   

 

1,299

 

   

 

76

 

                             

Adjustments 2

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(219

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/m

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,308

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,080

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Includes other nitrogen (including ESN® and Rainbow) and purchased products and comprises net sales of $705 million (2020 – $518 million) less cost of goods sold of $610 million (2020 – $461 million).

2

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

3

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

 

 

The most significant contributors to the changes in our Nitrogen financial performance were as follows:

 

    

2021 vs 2020

 

Sales volumes

 

Sales volumes decreased slightly in 2021 due to more planned plant turnaround activity, temporary production outages and lower inventory volumes at the beginning of 2021 compared to 2020.

 

Net realized selling price

 

Our average selling price for nitrogen products increased in 2021 due to higher benchmark prices resulting from the strength in global demand and tight global supply caused by production outages and higher energy prices in key nitrogen exporting regions.

 

Cost of goods sold per tonne

 

Costs were higher in 2021 primarily due to higher natural gas prices. Raw material costs and period costs related to plant downtime were also higher in 2021 compared to 2020.

 

Income

 

Other income decreased in 2021 mainly due to a one-time gain in 2020 of $250 million recognized from the sale of our equity-accounted investment in Misr Fertilizers Production Company S.A.E. (“MOPCO”) and settlement of related legal claims.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA increased in 2021 primarily due to higher net realized selling prices more than offsetting higher cash cost of goods sold per tonne from higher natural gas costs.

NATURAL GAS PRICES IN COST OF PRODUCTION

 

(US dollars per MMBtu, except as otherwise noted)             2021        2020     % Change  

Overall gas cost excluding realized derivative impact

   

 

              4.60

 

 

 

          2.31

 

 

 

              99

 

Realized derivative impact

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.05

 

 

 

(80

Overall gas cost

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.61

 

 

 

2.36

 

 

 

95

 

Average NYMEX

   

 

3.84

 

 

 

2.08

 

 

 

85

 

Average AECO

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.84

 

 

 

1.68

 

 

 

69

 

 

    

2021 vs 2020

 

Overall gas cost

 

Gas prices in our cost of production increased in 2021 as a result of higher North American gas index prices and increased gas costs in Trinidad, where gas prices are linked to ammonia benchmark prices.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 34  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

SELECTED NITROGEN MEASURES

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Sales volumes (tonnes – thousands)

           

Fertilizer

     

 

        6,028

 

     

 

        6,750

 

Industrial and feed

     

 

4,697

 

     

 

4,216

 

Net sales (millions of US dollars)

           

Fertilizer

     

 

2,364

 

     

 

1,467

 

Industrial and feed

     

 

1,620

 

     

 

755

 

Net selling price per tonne

           

Fertilizer

     

 

392

 

     

 

217

 

Industrial and feed

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

345

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

179

 

 

LOGO

NITROGEN PRODUCTION

 

 

    

 

    Ammonia 1       

 

      

 

    Urea 2        
 
 

 

    

 

     

 

      

 

     Production        

 

     

 

     

 

      

 

     Production        
 
(million tonnes product)     

 

 

 

 

 

   

Annual

Capacity

 

 3 

    

 

 

 

 

 

       2021       

 

 

 

 

 

       2020      

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Annual

Capacity

 

 3 

    

 

 

 

 

 

       2021       

 

 

 

 

 

       2020  
 

Trinidad Nitrogen 4

    

 

2.2

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

      1.66

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

1.57

 

     

 

0.7

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

      0.72

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

0.73

 

Redwater Nitrogen

    

 

0.9

 

     

 

0.72

 

     

 

0.85

 

     

 

0.7

 

     

 

0.53

 

     

 

0.75

 

Augusta Nitrogen

    

 

0.8

 

     

 

0.73

 

     

 

0.66

 

     

 

0.6

 

     

 

0.55

 

     

 

0.46

 

Lima Nitrogen

    

 

0.7

 

     

 

0.76

 

     

 

0.61

 

     

 

0.5

 

     

 

0.50

 

     

 

0.40

 

Geismar Nitrogen

    

 

0.5

 

     

 

0.50

 

     

 

0.55

 

     

 

0.4

 

     

 

0.33

 

     

 

0.35

 

Carseland Nitrogen

    

 

0.5

 

     

 

0.52

 

     

 

0.55

 

     

 

0.8

 

     

 

0.72

 

     

 

0.74

 

Fort Saskatchewan Nitrogen

    

 

0.5

 

     

 

0.46

 

     

 

0.48

 

     

 

0.4

 

     

 

0.41

 

     

 

0.44

 

Borger Nitrogen

    

 

0.5

 

     

 

0.25

 

     

 

0.40

 

     

 

0.6

 

     

 

0.31

 

     

 

0.53

 

Joffre Nitrogen

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.40

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.39

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

6.00

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

6.06

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

4.07

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

4.40

 

 

Adjusted total 5

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3.94

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

4.10

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Ammonia operating rate 5

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

90

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

93

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

1

All figures are shown on a gross production basis.

2

Reflects capacity and production of urea liquor prior to final product upgrade. Urea liquor is used in the production of solid urea, UAN and DEF.

3

Annual capacity estimates include allowances for normal operating plant conditions.

4

In 2021, we temporarily reopened our previously closed ammonia plant in Trinidad to offset reduced production at one of our other ammonia plants. We expect the plant to operate until mid-2022, after which it will close indefinitely.

5

Excludes Trinidad and Joffre.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  35 

 

    

LOGO

 

    

PHOSPHATE

 

       $540M    89%       2,700   
  Record    P205       Acres of Land Returned Back to   
  Adjusted EBITDA    Operating Rate            Productive Use After Phosphate        
           Rock Mining (2019–2021)   

 

Our Business

We are the second largest phosphate producer in North America and sell approximately 3 million tonnes of fertilizer, feed and industrial phosphate products.

 

Nutrien has two large integrated phosphate facilities in the US, and 4 regional product upgrade facilities. Due to the high quality of our phosphate rock, we can produce a diverse mix of phosphate products, including solid and liquid fertilizers, feed and industrial acids.

This flexibility allows us to optimize our product mix during changing market conditions. We sell the majority of our product in the North American market and benefit from our

extensive distribution network and customer relationships. Agriculture sales represent approximately 75 percent of our phosphate sales.

We are expanding production of industrial and specialty fertilizer products that have historically provided more stable and higher margins. Our MAP with micronized sulfur content is one example of innovative product lines we continue to bring to the market.

 

 

Competitive Landscape

Phosphate rock is found in significant quantity and quality in only a handful of geographic locations, and few with a progressive sustainability record.

 

We compete with producers primarily from China, Morocco, Russia, Saudi Arabia and the US. To produce finished phosphate products (DAP, MAP), access to low-cost ammonia and sulfur is also an important consideration.

Many factors impact the viability of developing a rock deposit for mining. These include the quality of the phosphate rock deposit, government stability, environmental requirements and proximity to target markets. Given the concentration of deposits in North Africa and the Middle East, government

 

involvement is a major consideration when evaluating potential phosphate project developments.

Producers in Morocco and Saudi Arabia have added the majority of new capacity over the past decade. The ability of these countries to add low-cost capacity and operate under different environmental regulations resulted in an extended period of oversupply in the global market. As a result, total US phosphate production has declined by 29 percent over this period.

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 36  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Our Strategy

We are focused on optimizing our existing business by lowering our controllable operating costs, increasing plant reliability and further diversifying our product mix.

 

Phosphate fertilizer remains an essential input for crop nutrition. We will continue to invest in our assets, while focusing on generating positive free cash flow for the business unit.

Industrial and specialty fertilizer products continue to be a focus area as they historically yield higher margins. We will

explore value-enhancing strategic partnerships that develop additional revenue streams from our existing assets, such as our anhydrous hydrogen fluoride (“AHF”) project at Aurora, and our hydrofluorosilicic acid (“HFSA”) business at White Springs.

 

 

2021 Performance

We generated record Phosphate adjusted EBITDA of $540 million due to an improvement in market fundamentals and continued improvements to our controllable cost profile and product mix.

 

Phosphate margins increased significantly as higher selling prices more than offset higher raw material costs and lower sales volume. We were able to increase our phosphoric acid operating rate by 2 percent compared to 2020 and increased our proportion of sales of higher-margin specialty phosphate products. Construction of our AHF plant with our partner Arkema was completed in 2021, and production is expected to start in the first half of 2022. Over the last three years we

returned 2,700 acres of land back to its productive use after phosphate mining. We will continue to invest in the reliability and safety of our assets. Enhancing reliability reduces GHG emissions associated with phosphate production. Additionally, we will continue to advance our reclamation projects that return land back to its production use. Our reclamation process has earned state and national awards in the US.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 P

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  37 

 

PHOSPHATE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

          Dollars                 Tonnes (thousands)                   Average per Tonne   
   
(millions of US dollars, except as
otherwise noted)
    

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
      

 

      

 

  2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
      

 

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
 
   

Manufactured product

                                         
   

Net sales

                                         
   

Fertilizer

   

 

1,108

 

   

 

671

 

   

 

65

 

       

 

1,840

 

   

 

2,048

 

   

 

(10

     

 

602

 

   

 

328

 

   

 

84

 

Industrial and feed

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

404

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

779

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

733

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

667

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

552

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

   
   

 

      1,628

 

   

 

      1,075

 

   

 

51

 

       

 

  2,619

 

   

 

2,781

 

   

 

(6

     

 

      622

 

   

 

387

 

   

 

61

 

Cost of goods sold

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,227

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,044

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        18

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

469

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

376

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

Gross margin – manufactured

   

 

401

 

   

 

31

 

   

 

n/m

 

       

 

             

 

             

 

153

 

   

 

11

 

   

 

n/m

Gross margin – other 1

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

300

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26

 

Gross margin – total

   

 

421

 

   

 

36

 

   

 

n/m

 

       

 

Gross margin excluding depreciation

 

           

Expenses

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

791

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 and amortization – manufactured 2

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

211

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

 

EBIT

   

 

385

 

   

 

(755

   

 

n/m

 

                   

Depreciation and amortization

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

218

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

   

 

536

 

   

 

(537

   

 

n/m

 

                             

Adjustments 3

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

769

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(99

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

232

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Includes other phosphate and purchased products and comprises net sales of $201 million (2020 – $127 million) less cost of goods sold of $181 million (2020 – $122 million).

2

This is a non-IFRS financial measure. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

3

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

The most significant contributors to the changes in our Phosphate financial performance were as follows:

 

    

2021 vs 2020

 

Sales volumes

 

Sales volumes decreased in 2021 from lower fertilizer volumes due to a slower start to the season and lower inventory volumes at the beginning of 2021, partially offset by higher industrial and feed volumes due to changes in product mix.

 

Net realized selling price

 

Our average realized phosphate fertilizer selling prices increased in 2021 consistent with higher global benchmark prices driven by higher global demand, tight global supply and higher raw material costs compared to 2020. Industrial and feed selling prices increased to a lesser extent than fertilizer selling prices due to a lag in price realizations relative to spot prices.

 

Cost of goods sold per tonne

 

Costs increased in 2021 due to higher sulfur and ammonia input costs, partially offset by lower depreciation and amortization from lower depreciable asset values resulting from the asset impairment recorded in the third quarter of 2020. In 2020, costs were also favorably impacted by a change in estimate related to an asset retirement obligation.

 

Impairment of assets

 

In 2020, we recorded non-cash impairments of assets relating to our property, plant and equipment at Aurora and White Springs of $545 million and $215 million, respectively, primarily due to lower long-term forecasted global phosphate prices.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA increased in 2021 due to the impact of higher selling prices more than offsetting higher cost of goods sold per tonne.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 38  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

 

LOGO

PHOSPHATE PRODUCTION

 

 

 

   

 

    Phosphate Rock       

 

    Phosphoric Acid (P2O5)       

 

    Liquid Products       

 

    Solid Fertilizer Products  
     
 

 

   

 

     

 

     

 

      Production       

 

     

 

     

 

      Production       

 

     

 

     

 

      Production       

 

     

 

     

 

      Production    
     
(million tonnes)     

 

    Annual
Capacity
      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

   

Annual

Capacity

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

   

Annual

Capacity

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020       

 

   

Annual

Capacity

      

 

    2021       

 

    2020  
     

Aurora Phosphate

   

 

5.4

 

   

 

3.77

 

   

 

3.94

 

     

 

1.2

 

   

 

1.05

 

   

 

0.98

 

     

 

2.7

 1 

   

 

2.12

 

   

 

1.99

 

     

 

0.8

 

   

 

0.80

 

   

 

0.83

 

White Springs Phosphate

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.62

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.81

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.47

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.46

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7

 2 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.44

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.43

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.40

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.35

 

     

Total

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.40

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.39

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.75

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.70

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.52

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.44

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.40

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.56

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.42

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.60

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.20

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.18

 

   

P2O5 operating rate

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

A substantial portion is consumed internally in the production of downstream products. The balance is exported to phosphate fertilizer producers or sold domestically to dealers who custom-mix liquid fertilizer. Capacity comprised of 2.0 million tonnes merchant grade acid and 0.7 million tonnes superphosphoric acid.

2

Represents annual superphosphoric acid capacity. A substantial portion is consumed internally in the production of downstream products. The balance is exported to phosphate fertilizer producers or sold domestically to dealers who custom-mix liquid fertilizer.

In addition to the production above, annual capacity (in millions of tonnes) for phosphate feed and purified acid was 0.7 and 0.3, respectively. Production in 2021 was 0.31 and 0.24, respectively, and 2020 production was 0.31 and 0.20, respectively.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  39 

 

CORPORATE AND OTHERS FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

“Corporate and Others” is a non-operating segment comprising corporate and administrative functions that provide support and governance to our operating business units.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)                       2021            

2020

           

%
Change

 

Sales 1

    

 

 

    

 

82

 

    

 

(100

Cost of goods sold

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

74

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(100

Gross margin

    

 

 

    

 

8

 

    

 

(100

Selling expenses

    

 

(21

    

 

(24

    

 

(13

General and administrative expenses

    

 

275

 

    

 

269

 

    

 

2

 

Share-based compensation expense

    

 

198

 

    

 

69

 

    

 

187

 

Impairment of assets

    

 

 

    

 

5

 

    

 

(100

Other expenses

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

253

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

230

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

10

 

EBIT

    

 

(705

    

 

(541

    

 

30

 

Depreciation and amortization

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

49

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

52

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(6

EBITDA

    

 

(656

    

 

(489

    

 

34

 

Adjustments 2

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

348

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

203

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

71

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(308

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(286

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

8

 

 

1

Primarily relates to our non-core Canadian business that was sold in 2020.

2

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

The most significant contributors to the changes in our Corporate and Others financial performance were as follows:

 

    

2021 vs 2020

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

Share-based compensation expense was higher in 2021 due to higher payout amounts and higher value of share-based awards outstanding.

 

Other expenses

 

Increase in expenses was primarily due to additional cloud computing related expenses recognized in the first half of 2021 from our change in accounting policy and higher foreign exchange losses.

ELIMINATIONS

Eliminations of sales between operating segments in 2021 were $(1,612) million (2020 – $(1,115) million) with gross margin recovery of $(89) million (2020 – $21 million). Eliminations are not part of the Corporate and Others segment.

Eliminations increased due to higher-margin inventories held by our Retail segment as global commodity benchmark prices increased.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 40  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

FINANCE COSTS, INCOME TAX EXPENSE (RECOVERY)

AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)     

 

                2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
 
Finance costs    

 

613

 

      520         18  
Income tax expense (recovery)    

 

989

 

      (77       n/m  
Other comprehensive income          

 

78

 

            194               (60

The most significant contributors to the changes in our finance costs, income taxes and other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

          2021 vs 2020  
Finance costs     Finance costs increased mainly due to a loss of $142 million on early extinguishment of long-term debt, which primarily represents interest that we would have paid in future years if the long-term debt was not extinguished.

 

    Weighted Average Debt Balances and Rates        
 

 

   

 

  (millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)     

 

                2021       

 

    2020  
    Short-term balance 1       648         2,329  
    Short-term rate (%) 1       1.0         1.7  
    Long-term balance (excluding lease obligations)       9,689         9,282  
    Long-term rate (excluding lease obligations) (%)       4.5         4.5  
    Lease obligations balance       1,163         1,089  
    Lease obligations rate (%)             2.8               3.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

1  North American weighted average short-term debt balances were $451 million (2020 – $2,092 million) and rates were 0.2 percent (2020 – 1.4 percent).

   

Income tax expense (recovery)     There was an income tax expense in 2021 compared to a recovery in 2020 primarily due to significantly higher earnings in 2021 and discrete tax adjustments in 2020. The discrete tax adjustments in 2020 were primarily related to recoveries of prior year taxes due to US legislative changes. The change in effective tax rate is a result of significantly higher earnings in all jurisdictions.

 

    Effective Tax Rates and Discrete Items        
        (millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)                      2021            2020  
    Actual effective tax rate on earnings (%)       24         3  
    Actual effective tax rate including discrete items (%)       24         (20
        Discrete tax adjustments that impacted the rate             (15             (80
Other comprehensive income    

 

  Other comprehensive income decreased primarily due to a lower gain on translation of our Retail operations in Australia as the Australian dollar weakened relative to the US dollar partially offset by higher fair value gain related to our investment in Sinofert Holdings Ltd. from share price movements.

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  41 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)                      2021              2020              2019  
Sales 1         27,712           20,908           20,084  
Net earnings         3,179           459           992  
Basic net earnings per share         5.53           0.81           1.70  
Diluted net earnings per share         5.52           0.81           1.70  
Total assets         49,954           47,192           46,799  
Total non-current financial liabilities         8,455           10,947           9,431  
Dividends declared per share           1.84                 1.80                 1.33  

 

1

Certain immaterial figures have been reclassified for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

          2021 vs 2020        2020 vs 2019
 
Sales    

 

 

Sales increased due to strong demand for global crop inputs and tight global fertilizer supply resulting in higher net realized selling prices across our segments and higher Potash sales volumes.

   

 

 

Sales increased as higher Retail sales from acquisitions and strong organic growth, coupled with higher potash and nitrogen sales volumes, more than offset the impact of lower crop nutrient selling prices.

 
Net earnings and earnings per share    

 

 

Net earnings and earnings per share increased in 2021 compared to 2020 due to higher gross margins from higher net realized selling prices. In 2020, we recorded a non-cash impairment of our Phosphate property, plant and equipment at Aurora and White Springs facilities and a net gain from disposal of our investment in MOPCO, which we do not incur in 2021.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic had a limited impact on our performance in 2021 and 2020.

   

 

 

Net earnings and earnings per share decreased compared to 2019 due to a non-cash impairment of our Phosphate property, plant and equipment at our Aurora and White Springs facilities and lower crop nutrient realized selling prices more than offsetting a net gain from disposal of our investment in MOPCO.

 
Assets and non-current financial liabilities    

 

 

Assets increased slightly from 2020. Our working capital assets increased due to higher actual and anticipated sales activity resulting in higher receivables, inventories and prepaid expenses.

 

Non-current financial liabilities decreased due to the early extinguishment of debt in 2021.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic had a limited impact on our financial condition as at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

   

 

 

Assets increased slightly from 2019. Recent acquisitions and higher cash and cash equivalents offset the non-cash impairment of assets and disposal of our investment in MOPCO in 2020.

 

Non-current financial liabilities increased due to higher long-term debt from the issuance of new notes.

 
Dividends declared per share    

 

 

Dividends declared per share increased as the dividend per share increased by one cent in 2021 compared to 2020.

   

 

 

In 2019, the Board declared three quarterly dividends following five quarterly dividends in 2018. In 2021 and 2020, the Board declared four quarterly dividends each year.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 42  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION REVIEW

Balance Sheet Analysis

LOGO

 

  Assets         

Liabilities

 

For information regarding changes in cash and cash equivalents, refer to the “Sources and Uses of Cash” section and the consolidated statements of cash flows in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Receivables increased due to higher sales across all of our segments. This was a result of increased crop nutrient net realized selling prices and strong demand for crop inputs. Certain income tax receivables previously classified as non-current are currently realizable within one year.

 

Inventories increased due to the higher than average levels of inventory from higher cost to produce or purchase inventory and higher volumes of inventory held to meet anticipated demand and tight global supply.

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased from higher prepaid inventory resulting from increases in crop input prices.

 

Property, plant and equipment increased primarily from ongoing capital projects including Next Generation, Nitrogen brownfield projects and recent acquisitions primarily in South America.

     

Short-term debt increased due to higher commercial paper issuances as part of our working capital management.

 

Long-term debt (including current portion) decreased due to early extinguishment of $2.1 billion in notes and debentures in 2021.

 

Payables and accrued charges increased due to higher payables balances from rising inventory costs, higher customer prepayments in anticipation of higher demand in 2022 and higher income tax payable from increased earnings.

  Shareholders’ Equity
 

 

Retained earnings increased as net earnings exceeded dividends declared and share repurchases.

     
     
     
     
           

 

We do not hold material cash and cash equivalents in currencies other than the US dollar and Canadian dollar. We held approximately $275 million US dollar equivalent in other jurisdictions outside the US and Canada. We do not depend on repatriation of cash from our foreign subsidiaries to meet our liquidity and capital resources needs in North America.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  43 

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and Uses of Liquidity

Liquidity risk arises from our general funding needs and in the management of our assets, liabilities and capital structure. We manage liquidity risk to maintain sufficient liquid financial resources to fund our financial position and meet our commitments and obligations in a cost-effective manner. Our 2021 significant liquidity sources are listed below along with our expected ongoing primary uses of liquidity:

 

     Primary Uses of Liquidity        Primary Sources of Liquidity
 
 

 

 

•  inventory purchases and production

 

•  operational expenses

 

•  seasonal working capital requirements

 

•  investing to sustain and grow our safe, reliable and cost-efficient operations through sustaining and investing capital

 

•  business acquisitions

 

•  returning cash to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases (see Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements)

 

•  principal payments of debt securities (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements)

   

 

 

•  cash from operations (including customer prepayments)

 

•  commercial paper issuances

 

•  increase of credit facility limits and drawdowns

 

•  debt capital markets

 

LOGO

We believe that internally generated cash flow, supplemented by available borrowings under our existing financing sources, if necessary, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated capital expenditures and other cash requirements for the foreseeable future. We do not reasonably expect any presently known trend or uncertainty to affect our ability to access our historical sources of liquidity.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 44  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Sources and Uses of Cash

Our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities are summarized in the following table:

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)     

 

  2021       

 

    2020       

 

    %
Change
 
Cash provided by operating activities       3,886         3,323         17  
Cash used in investing activities       (1,807       (1,204       50  
Cash used in financing activities       (3,003       (1,339       124  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents         (31             3               n/m  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents         (955             783               n/m  

 

         

Cash provided by operating activities

          

 

LOGO

          

•  Higher cash provided by operating activities due to higher earnings from strong demand for crop inputs and tight fertilizer supply in 2021, partially offset by higher working capital needs to meet anticipated demand and tight global supply.

 

Cash used in investing activities

          

 

LOGO

          

•  Higher cash used in investing activities due to an increase of $234 million in capital expenditures from higher planned plant turnaround activities in our Nitrogen segment and higher maintenance activities in our Potash segment to maintain safe and reliable operations. We also received proceeds of $540 million in 2020 from the disposal of our investment in MOPCO, resulting in lower cash spend in 2020.

 

Cash used in financing activities

          

 

LOGO

          

•  Higher cash used in financing activities due to early extinguishment of debt of $2 billion compared to long-term net debt issuance of $500 million in 2020.

 

•  This is partially offset by an increase of $1.3 billion in short-term net debt proceeds compared to repayment of $892 million in 2020. Short-term debt drawdowns are used to manage working capital requirements and other short-term finance needs.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  45 

 

Cash Requirements

The following aggregated information about our contractual obligations and other commitments summarizes our liquidity and capital resource requirements as at December 31, 2021:

 

        Payments Due by Period  
(millions of US dollars) at December 31, 2021   Financial Statement
Note Reference
  Total       Within  
1 Year
   

  1 to 3  

Years

   

3 to 5

  Years  

   

  Over 5  

Years

 
Long-term debt   Notes 18, 26     7,813       544       525       1,071       5,673  
Estimated interest payments on long-term debt   Note 26     5,258       346       638       607       3,667  
Lease liabilities   Notes 19, 26     1,220       286       384       202       348  
Estimated interest payments on lease liabilities   Note 26     155       27       39       25       64  
Purchase commitments   Note 26     2,732       2,091       488       42       111  
Capital commitments   Note 26     81       72       9              
Other commitments   Note 26     509       183       138       91       97  
Derivatives   Note 10     20       20                    

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs 1

  Note 22     3,260       150       260       109       2,741  
Total    

 

    21,048       3,719       2,481       2,147       12,701  

 

1

Commitments reflect the estimated cash outflows for these obligations. See Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements for details.

The information presented in the table above excludes:

 

 

planned (but not legally committed) cash requirements;

 

 

annual outflows for sustaining capital expenditures, business acquisitions and shareholder returns including share repurchases and dividends; and

 

 

estimated capital investment requirements in the range of $500 to $700 million by 2030 to achieve our 30 percent operational emissions reduction target.

For information on income taxes and pension and other post-retirement benefit funding, refer to Note 8 and Note 21, respectively, to the consolidated financial statements. Future cash requirements are subject to changes in regulations, actuarial assumptions, and our expected operating results.

On February 16, 2022, our Board approved a share repurchase program of up to a maximum of 55,111,100 or 10 percent of the public float (as defined in the TSX Company Manual) of Nutrien’s common shares. Subject to acceptance by the TSX, the 2022 share repurchase program will commence on March 1, 2022, and will expire on the earlier of February 28, 2023, the date on which we have acquired the maximum number of common shares allowable or the date we determine not to make any further repurchases.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 46  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND MANAGEMENT

We manage our capital structure with a focus on maintaining a strong balance sheet, enabling a strong investment-grade credit rating.

Principal Debt Instruments

We use a combination of cash generated from operations and short-term and long-term debt to finance our operations. As at December 31, 2021, we had the following debt instruments available:

LOGO

 

 

 

    

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

     Outstanding and Committed  
 

 

    

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

     Short-Term      Long-Term  
(millions of US dollars, except
as otherwise noted)
     

 

     Rate of
Interest (%)
       

 

     Total
Facility
Limit
       

 

     As at
December 31,
2021
       

 

    

As at

December 31,
2020

       

 

     As at
December 31,
2021
       

 

    

As at

December 31,
2020

 

Credit facilities

                                   

Unsecured revolving term credit facility 1

     

 

n/a

 

     

 

4,500

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

Uncommitted revolving demand facility

     

 

n/a

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

Other credit facilities 2

     

 

0.8 - 13.1

 

     

 

720

 

     

 

313

 

     

 

159

 

     

 

141

 

     

 

67

 

Commercial paper

     

 

0.3 - 0.4

 

           

 

1,170

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

Other short-term debt

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

n/a

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

77

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

Total

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,560

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

159

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

141

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

67

 

 

1

In 2021, we extended the maturity date from April 10, 2023 to June 4, 2026, subject to extension at the request of Nutrien provided that the resulting maturity date shall not exceed five years from the date of request.

2

Other credit facilities are unsecured and consist of South American facilities with debt of $211 million (December 31, 2020 – $172 million) and interest rates ranging from 1.8 percent to 13.1 percent, Australian facilities with debt of $211 million (December 31, 2020 – $19 million) and interest rates ranging from 0.8 percent to 0.9 percent, and other facilities with debt of $32 million (December 31, 2020 – $35 million) and interest rates ranging from 1.4 percent to 3.9 percent.

 

LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  47 

 

Our commercial paper program is limited to the undrawn availability of backup funds under the $4,500 million unsecured revolving term credit facility and excess cash invested in highly liquid securities. As at December 31, 2021, letters of credit consisted of $132 million outstanding and committed with $407 million remaining credit available.

Our long-term debt consists primarily of notes and debentures with the following maturities and interest rates:

On December 16, 2021, we redeemed $1.8 billion in aggregate principal amount of our long-term debt and completed a tender offer for $203 million in aggregate principal amount of notes and debentures. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements. The total cash spend for this repurchase was $2.2 billion and the related loss on debt extinguishment was $142 million. The debt repayment was funded by cash and commercial paper and is expected to result in an annualized interest savings of approximately $60 million.

We also have lease obligations totaling $1,220 million (including current portion) with a weighted average effective interest rate of 2.8 percent as at December 31, 2021.

Following the decision by global regulators to replace Interbank Offered Rates (“IBORs”) with alternative nearly risk-free rates (“RFRs”), in August 2020 the International Accounting Standards Board completed Phase 2 of the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform. We updated existing contracts extending past 2021 that referenced IBORs and there was no material impact on our consolidated financial statements as a result of the transition.

Debt Covenants

Our credit facilities have financial tests and other covenants with which we must comply at each quarter-end. Non-compliance with any such covenants could result in accelerated payment of amounts borrowed and termination of lenders’ further funding obligations under the credit facilities. We were in compliance with all such covenants as at December 31, 2021.

The table below summarizes the limit and result of our key financial covenant:

 

At December 31      

 

     Limit        

 

       2021  

Debt to capital ratio 1

  

 

  

 

  

 

0.65 : 1.00

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

0.32 : 1.00

 

 

1

Refer to Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for the detailed calculation.

Credit Ratings

Our ability to access reasonably priced debt in the capital markets depends, in part, on the quality of our credit ratings. We continue to maintain investment-grade credit ratings for our long-term debt. A downgrade of the credit rating of our long-term debt could increase the interest rates applicable to borrowings under our credit facilities.

Commercial paper markets are normally a source of same-day cash for us. Our access to the US commercial paper market primarily depends on maintaining our current short-term credit ratings as well as general conditions in the money markets.

 

            Long-Term Debt Rating (Outlook)                  Short-Term Debt Rating
As at December 31,              2021         

 

     2020     

 

      

 

     2021        

 

     2020   

Moody’s

     

Baa2 (stable)   

     

Baa2 (stable)

      

P-2   

    

P-2   

S&P

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

BBB (stable)   

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

BBB (stable)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

A-2   

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

A-2   

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities. Such ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the respective credit rating agency and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 48  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Outstanding Share Data

 

  

 

     

 

    February 17, 2022     

Common shares

    

 

551,302,860   

 

Options to purchase common shares

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,723,663   

 

For more information on our capital structure and management, see Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

For more information on our short-term debt and long-term debt, see Note 17 and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Principal off-balance sheet activities primarily include:

 

 

Agreement to reimburse losses of Canpotex (see Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

 

Issuance of guarantee contracts (see Note 22 and Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

 

Agency arrangements with financial institutions in relation to certain customer loans (see Note 10 and Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

 

Certain non-financial derivatives that were entered into and continued to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a non-financial item in accordance with expected purchase, sale or usage requirements. Other derivatives are included on our balance sheet at fair value (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements).

We do not reasonably expect any presently known trend or uncertainty to affect our ability to continue using these arrangements.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  49 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Related Party Transactions

Our most significant related party is Canpotex, which provides us with low-cost marketing and logistics for the offshore potash markets that we serve. Refer to Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements for information on our related party transactions.

Market Risks Associated With Financial Instruments

Market risk is the potential for loss from adverse changes in the market value of financial instruments. The level of market risk to which we are exposed varies depending on the composition of our derivative instrument portfolio, as well as current and expected market conditions. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for information on our financial instruments, including the risks and risk management associated with such instruments.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates in applying accounting policies. Critical accounting estimates are those which are highly uncertain at the time they are made or where different estimates would be reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. We have discussed the development, selection and application of our key accounting policies, and the critical accounting estimates and assumptions they involve, with the audit committee of the Board.

Refer to the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the following critical accounting estimates including methodology used for calculating our estimates (when applicable), key assumptions used, and factors considered in our estimates and judgments.

In 2021, we amended our critical accounting estimates to exclude business combinations – measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Unlike prior years, there were no business acquisitions in 2021 that required critical accounting estimates or judgment that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Financial Statement
Reference
 

Critical Accounting Estimate Description

 

Note 13 and Note 30

   

Long-lived asset impairment and reversals

 

We review, at each reporting period, for conditions to determine whether there is any indication that an impairment exists that could potentially impact the carrying amount of our long-lived assets to be held and used. When such indicators exist, impairment testing is performed.

 
   

We review, at each reporting period, for possible reversal of the impairment for non-financial assets, other than goodwill.

 
 

 

   

 

 

Significant estimates in the testing for potential impairment include determining the discount rate and making assumptions about future sales, market conditions, terminal growth rates and cash flow forecasts over the long-term life of the assets or cash-generating units (“CGUs”). Certain assumptions are driven by external factors that could have a material impact on our analysis and could impact our financial condition and performance.

 

Note 14 and Note 30

   

Goodwill impairment

 

Operating segments other than Phosphate have goodwill allocated to them that must be assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate there could be an impairment, or at least annually. Based on our assumptions at the time of our goodwill impairment testing, the recoverable amount of each of our CGUs or groups of CGUs containing goodwill was in excess of their carrying amounts. Key assumptions in our testing models may change, and changes that could reasonably be expected to occur may cause impairment. Such change in assumptions could be driven by global supply and demand and other market factors and changes in regulations and other future events outside our control.

 
 

 

   

 

 

Refer to Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the sensitivity of the results of goodwill impairment testing to changes in key assumptions.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 50  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Financial Statement
Reference
 

Critical Accounting Estimate Description

 

Note 8, Note 29 and Note 30

   

 

 

Income taxes – measurement

 

Significant estimates for the measurement of our income taxes include assessing the probability and measurement of our uncertain tax provisions related to complex global tax regulations, estimating forecasted taxable income and the timing of reversal of temporary differences, and assessing the probability of future taxable income used to recognize deferred tax assets. Although we believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable, our tax assets are realizable, and our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open tax years based on our interpretation of tax laws and prior experience, actual results could differ. Changes in the income tax legislations, regulations and interpretations may result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Income taxes are recorded in our Corporate and Others segment.

 

Note 22 and Note 30

   

Asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) and accrued environmental costs (“ERLs”) – measurement

 

The Potash and Phosphate segments have these liabilities (which have a high degree of estimation uncertainty for future costs and estimated timelines) associated with their mining operations while the Corporate and Others segment has AROs and ERLs associated with non-operational mines.

 
 

 

   

 

 

For the Nitrogen segment, we have not recorded any asset retirement obligations as no significant asset retirement obligations have been identified or there is no reasonable basis for estimating a date or range of dates of cessation of operations. We considered the historical performance of our facilities as well as our planned maintenance, major upgrades and replacements, which can extend the useful lives of our facilities indefinitely.

QUARTERLY RESULTS

 

    2021     2020  
(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)   Q4       

 

    Q3       

 

    Q2       

 

    Q1       

 

    Q4       

 

    Q3       

 

    Q2       

 

    Q1  

Sales 1

 

 

7,267

 

   

 

6,024

 

   

 

9,763

 

   

 

4,658

 

   

 

4,052

 

   

 

4,227

 

   

 

8,431

 

   

 

4,198

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

 

1,207

 

   

 

726

 

   

 

1,113

 

   

 

133

 

   

 

316

 

   

 

(587

   

 

765

 

   

 

(35

Net earnings (loss) attributable to equity holders of Nutrien

 

 

1,201

 

   

 

717

 

   

 

1,108

 

   

 

127

 

   

 

316

 

   

 

(587

   

 

765

 

   

 

(35

Adjusted EBITDA 2

 

 

2,463

 

   

 

1,642

 

   

 

2,215

 

   

 

806

 

   

 

768

 

   

 

670

 

   

 

1,721

 

   

 

508

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to equity holders of Nutrien

                             

Basic

 

 

2.11

 

   

 

1.26

 

   

 

1.94

 

   

 

0.22

 

   

 

0.55

 

   

 

(1.03

   

 

1.34

 

   

 

(0.06

Diluted

 

 

2.11

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.25

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.94

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.22

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.55

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.03

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.34

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.06

 

1

Certain immaterial figures have been reclassified in the first three quarters of 2020.

2

This is a non-IFRS financial measure. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

Seasonality in our business results from increased demand for products during the planting season. Crop input sales are generally higher in the spring and fall application seasons. Crop nutrient inventories are normally accumulated leading up to each application season. Our cash collections generally occur after the application season is complete, while customer prepayments made to us are concentrated in December and January and inventory prepayments paid to our vendors are typically concentrated in the period from November to January. Feed and industrial sales are more evenly distributed throughout the year.

Our earnings are significantly affected by fertilizer benchmark prices, which have been volatile over the last two years and are affected by demand-supply conditions, grower affordability and weather.

In the third quarter of 2020, earnings were impacted by an $823 million non-cash impairment of property, plant and equipment primarily in the Phosphate segment as a result of lower long-term forecasted global phosphate prices. In the fourth quarter of 2020, earnings were impacted by a $250 million net gain from disposal of our MOPCO investment and settlement of related legal claims.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  51 

 

Fourth Quarter Financial Performance

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)     

 

    Sales        

 

    Gross Margin  
Three months ended December 31      

 

    2021        

 

    2020        

 

    % Change        

 

    2021        

 

    2020        

 

    % Change  

Retail

                             

Crop nutrients

       2,035          1,108          84          428          236          81  

Crop protection products

              1,113          828          34          414          343          21  

Seed

       189          152          24          57          58          (2

Merchandise

       270          240          13          45          41          10  

Nutrien Financial

       51          37          38          51          37          38  

Services and other

       267          290          (8        225          207          9  

Nutrien Financial elimination 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Total

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,878

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,618

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       1,173

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

885

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

1

Represents elimination for the interest and service fees charged by Nutrien Financial to Retail branches.

 

(US dollars, except as otherwise noted)     

 

    Manufactured Product Sales Tonnes
(thousands)
       

 

    Manufactured Product
Average Net Price per MT
 
Three months ended December 31      

 

    2021        

 

    2020        

 

    % Change        

 

    2021        

 

    2020        

 

    % Change  

Potash

                             

North America

    

 

1,002

 

    

 

1,041

 

    

 

(4

    

 

494

 

    

 

192

 

    

 

157

 

Offshore

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,054

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,613

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

Sales

    

 

3,056

 

    

 

2,654

 

    

 

15

 

    

 

465

 

    

 

170

 

    

 

174

 

Cost of goods sold

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

Gross margin

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

365

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

576

 

Nitrogen

                             

Ammonia

  

 

 

 

 

 

790

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

730

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

656

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

216

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

Urea

  

 

 

 

 

 

824

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

853

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

(3

  

 

 

 

 

 

670

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

270

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

Solutions, nitrates and sulfates

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       1,221

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,262

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

316

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138

 

Sales

       2,835          2,845                   514          195          164  

Cost of goods sold

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

Gross margin

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

258

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

682

 

Phosphate

                             

Fertilizer

  

 

 

 

 

 

509

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

466

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

       741

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

387

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

Industrial and feed

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

766

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

551

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

Sales

       711          648          10          749          433          73  

Cost of goods sold

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

526

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

410

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Gross margin

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

223

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 52  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Highlights of our 2021 fourth quarter compared to the 2020 fourth quarter results were as follows:

 

          Q4 2021 vs Q4 2020
 

Retail

   

 

 

Gross margin increased due to higher sales from strong crop prices driving demand for crop input products. Selling expenses increased due to higher sales activity but decreased as a percentage of sales.

 

Potash

   

 

 

Gross margin increased due to higher net realized selling prices and record sales volumes in the fourth quarter of 2021. Net realized selling price increased in the fourth quarter of 2021 due to strong global demand supported by higher crop prices and impacts to global supply caused by competitor outages and project delays. Cost of goods sold per tonne decreased in the fourth quarter of 2021 due to lower depreciation and amortization compared to the same period of 2020 that was caused by production mix and from the timing of maintenance projects.

 

Nitrogen

   

 

 

Gross margin increased due to higher net realized selling prices from higher benchmark prices resulting from the strength in global agriculture markets and tight global nitrogen markets caused by a recovery in industrial nitrogen demand, production outages and higher energy prices. This was partially offset by an increase in cost of goods sold per tonne resulting from higher natural gas costs. Sales volumes decreased slightly as we sold more ammonia in lieu of downstream product with lower nitrogen content and due to production outages in the fourth quarter. Other income decreased mainly due to a gain on disposal of our MOPCO investment and settlement of related legal claims in the fourth quarter of 2020.

 

Phosphate

   

 

 

Gross margin increased due to higher net realized selling prices from higher global benchmark prices driven by higher global demand and tight global supply. This was partially offset by an increase in cost of goods sold per tonne resulting from higher raw material input costs.

 

Other fourth quarter financial highlights

   

 

 

Corporate and Others other expenses increased from $76 million to $112 million in 2021 primarily due to higher foreign exchange losses and higher expenses related to asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs of our non-operational sites from changes in our cost and discount rate estimates. This was partially offset by lower integration and restructuring related costs.

 

An income tax expense was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2021 due to higher earnings before income taxes. An income tax recovery was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2020 as the $250 million net gain on disposal of our investment in MOPCO did not increase income tax expense due to available capital losses. We also had discrete tax adjustments primarily related to recoveries of prior year taxes due to US legislative changes. The change in the actual effective tax rate on earnings is a result of a change in the proportionate earnings (loss) between jurisdictions.

 

We had higher cash flows from operating activities in the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 due to higher earnings from strong demand for crop inputs and tight fertilizer supply in 2021. The early repayment of long-term debt and repurchase of common shares in the fourth quarter of 2021 led to a higher use of cash flows from financing activities. This increase was partially offset with an increase in short-term debt proceeds compared to short-term debt repayments in the fourth quarter of 2020.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  53 

 

2022 GUIDANCE

 

 

 

    

 

    

2022

Guidance Ranges 1

 
(billions of US dollars except as otherwise noted)      

 

     Low        

 

     High  

Adjusted net earnings per share (“Adjusted EPS”) 2,3

     

 

10.20

 

     

 

11.80

 

Adjusted EBITDA 2

     

 

10.0

 

     

 

11.2

 

Retail adjusted EBITDA

     

 

1.7

 

     

 

1.8

 

Potash adjusted EBITDA

     

 

5.0

 

     

 

5.5

 

Nitrogen adjusted EBITDA

     

 

3.2

 

     

 

3.6

 

Phosphate adjusted EBITDA (in USD millions)

     

 

500

 

     

 

600

 

Potash sales tonnes (millions) 4

     

 

13.7

 

     

 

14.3

 

Nitrogen sales tonnes (millions) 4

     

 

10.8

 

     

 

11.3

 

Depreciation and amortization

     

 

2.0

 

     

 

2.1

 

Effective tax rate on adjusted earnings (%)

     

 

25

 

     

 

26

 

Sustaining capital expenditures 5

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1.2

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1.3

 

 

1

See the “Forward-Looking Statements” section.

2

These are non-IFRS financial measures. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section.

3

Assumes 546 million shares outstanding for all EPS guidance and sensitivities.

4

Manufactured product only. Nitrogen sales tonnes excludes ESN® products.

5

This is a supplementary financial measure. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

 

ASSUMPTIONS      

 

 

 

2022 Average Canadian to US dollar exchange rate

  

 

            1.26

 

2022 NYMEX natural gas (US dollars per MMBtu)

  

 

~4.00

 

 

LOGO

 

2022 SENSITIVITIES

PRICE AND VOLUME SENSITIVITIES

 

 

 

           Effect on  
(millions of US dollars, except EPS amounts)      

 

   Adjusted EPS             

 

   Adjusted EBITDA  

 

Price

    

 

Potash changes by $25/tonne

     

 

 

 

±0.40     

 

 

     

 

 

 

±290

 

 

    

Ammonia changes by $25/tonne

     

 

±0.07     

 

     

 

±50

 

        

Urea changes by $25/tonne

       

 

±0.11     

 

       

 

±80

 

 

Volume

    

 

Potash changes by 100,000 tonnes

     

 

 

 

±0.05     

 

 

     

 

 

 

±40

 

 

        

Nitrogen changes by 50,000 N tonnes

       

 

±0.04     

 

       

 

±30

 

 

Retail

    

 

Crop nutrients changes by 1% 1

     

 

 

 

±0.11     

 

 

     

 

 

 

±80

 

 

    

Crop protection changes by 1% 1

     

 

                     ±0.08     

 

     

 

±60

 

        

Seed changes by 1% 1

       

 

±0.03     

 

       

 

±20

 

 

1

Gross margin as a percentage of sales.

INPUT COST SENSITIVITIES

 

 

 

           Effect on  
(millions of US dollars, except EPS amounts)      

 

     Adjusted EPS        

 

     Adjusted EBITDA  

 

NYMEX natural gas price changes by $1/MMBtu (impact on Nitrogen)

           

 

±0.25

 

           

 

            ±180

 

 

Canadian to US dollar changes by $0.02

           

 

            ±0.03

 

           

 

±20

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 54  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

Nutrien integrates risk management into our strategic and business activities to facilitate informed risk taking and responsible management of resources. We manage risk through our enterprise risk management process, which focuses on identifying and managing risks that are critical to achieving our strategic objectives, including those risks related to climate change.

Risk Governance

Risk management is an integral part of our business and is governed by our Board and Board committees, who oversee our Executive Leadership Team in understanding the principal risks to our business and strategy. Nutrien’s Executive Leadership Team has the responsibility of ensuring the Company’s key risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and addressed. With respect to climate-change matters, our Board Safety & Sustainability Committee has responsibility for oversight of our general strategy and policies for mitigating our climate-related risks and pursuing climate-related opportunities.

Responsibility and accountability for risk management are embedded in all levels of our organization, and we strive to integrate risk management into key decision-making processes and strategies. By considering risk throughout our business, we seek to align our strategy with our vision and effectively manage the risks that could have an impact on our ability to deliver our strategy. Nutrien uses the “Three Lines Model” for enterprise risk governance to define relationships and to clarify roles and responsibilities.

 

LOGO

Key Risks

We characterize a key risk as a risk or combination of risks that could threaten the achievement of our vision, our business model, future financial performance or ability to deliver on our strategy. We evaluate and develop responses for those risks that could have significant business, financial, reputational, safety, health or environmental impacts.

We continue to assess and respond to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and our stakeholders and evaluate related governmental and public health actions. The implications and related risks of the COVID-19 pandemic are summarized below. Depending on the extent and duration of the pandemic, it may also have the effect of heightening some of our other key risks. A summary of the risks we consider to be key risks at this time are discussed below. While these represent our key risks, we also continue to be exposed to other important general business, operational and climate-related risks. For a more detailed discussion of our key risks and all our risks, refer to Nutrien’s 2021 Annual Information Form.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  55 

 

  1

 

Agriculture Changes and Trends

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

The following factors, in addition to other factors, could impact our strategy, demand for our products and/or services and/or financial performance: farm and industry consolidation; shifting grower demographics; agriculture productivity and development; increasing focus on sustainability in agriculture, including soil health and availability of arable land; diminishing biodiversity; climate change; water management; changes in consumer food preferences; government and climate-related initiatives; and technological innovation and digital business models.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

Our integrated business platform and diversified portfolio are designed to respond and adapt to changes in the agriculture industry. Nutrien provides a diverse portfolio of products, services and digital analytics that support growers to produce higher yields in a sustainable manner.

 

We believe Nutrien’s integrated digital platform positions our Retail business as a leader in agricultural solutions for growers and we are actively involved in the ag technology innovation space through external investments and partnership. Our digital tools allow growers to track their sustainability outcomes, providing transparency to value-chain partners. Our teams have strong industry knowledge and customer relationships.

 

In 2021, we launched our Feeding the Future Plan, which strives to transform agriculture through six 2030 commitments that address feeding the planet sustainably, supporting environment and climate action, driving inclusive agriculture, and helping meet the United Nations’ Zero Hunger Sustainable Development Goal.

 

  2

 

Shifting Market Fundamentals

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Changes in global macro-economic conditions – including trade tariffs and/or other trade restrictions, volatility in global markets, supply chain constraints, increased price competition, or a significant change in agriculture production or consumption trends – could lead to a low crop price environment and reduced demand for our products or increased prices or decreased availability of raw materials used in making our products.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

Our diversified business model and portfolio of agricultural products, services and solutions, combined with our global presence, is designed to enable us to respond to changing economic conditions.

 

We have a favorable cost-to-service position and the flexibility to make operational changes across our portfolio in order to minimize the impact of changing market dynamics. We also engage in market development, education, training and customer relations initiatives that support growth.

 

  3

 

Climate Change

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

We are subject to risks related to climate change, which are commonly grouped into physical risk and transition risk categories.

 

Climate change may cause or result in, among other things, more frequent and severe weather events, diminishing biodiversity, changing weather factors such as changing temperatures, precipitation, wind, and water levels, and affect freshwater availability. Physical risks from climate change may also result in operational or supply chain delays, depending on the nature of the event.

 

Impacts of climate-related transition risks include, among other things, policy constraints on emissions, imposition of carbon pricing mechanisms, water restrictions, land use restrictions or incentives, changing consumer behavior and preferences, and market demand and supply shifts. We are also subject to reputational risks associated with climate change, including our stakeholders’ perception of our role in the transition to a lower-carbon economy. These factors as well as other factors resulting from climate change could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We have a sustainability strategy and an active Issues Management Team and have developed commitments supporting environmental and climate action as part of our Feeding the Future Plan. Our 2030 commitments focus on: investing in new technologies and pursuing the transition to low-carbon fertilizers; achieving at least a 30 percent reduction in Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions per tonne of our products produced (from a baseline year of 2018); launching and scaling a comprehensive Carbon Program, empowering growers and our industry to accelerate climate-smart agriculture and soil carbon sequestration; and enabling growers to adopt sustainable and productive agricultural products and practices on 75 million acres globally.

 

We focus on research and development to help advance our products and sustainable agriculture and continue to offer growers products and technologies with a lower environmental impact and facilitate the adoption of agronomic best practices.

 

LOGO

Learn More Refer to our website at www.nutrien.com for more information on our Feeding the Future Plan and our environment and climate action commitments.

 

  LOGO  Sustainability            LOGO  Growth and Capital Allocation             LOGO  Innovation and Technology            LOGO  Employees   

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 56  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

  4

 

Changing Regulations

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Changing laws, regulations and government policies – including those relating to health and safety, taxes and royalties, environment and climate change, including regulation of GHG emissions – could affect our ability to produce or sell certain products, reduce our efficiency and competitive advantage, increase our costs of raw materials, energy, transportation or compliance, or require us to make capital improvements to our operations – all of which could impact our strategy, operations, financial performance or reputation.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We have a Government & Industry Affairs Team and an active engagement strategy with governments and regulators that keeps us current on regulatory developments affecting our business, allowing us to anticipate new or changing laws and regulations and put the Company in the best position for success while leveraging our industry association allies. We have a sustainability strategy and have developed commitments supporting environment and climate action, including GHG emissions reductions as part of our Feeding the Future Plan, to assist in managing the impact of potential regulatory changes. We work to minimize our Canadian, US and other international compliance costs through the implementation of various efficiency and GHG emissions reduction projects such as cogeneration and carbon capture.

 

 

  5

 

COVID-19 Pandemic

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Nutrien’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity could be materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of epidemics, pandemics and other public health crises including the COVID-19 pandemic and any new variations or mutations of the COVID-19 virus.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to cause disruption, volatility and uncertainty in economies and markets around the world. The ongoing pandemic, and the actions that have been or may be taken by governments in response thereto, has resulted in, and may continue to result in, among other things, increased volatility in financial markets, commodity prices, and inflation and foreign exchange rates; significant disruptions to global supply chains; labor shortages; challenges in bringing employees back to pre-pandemic work arrangements; travel bans, restrictions and quarantines; temporary operational restrictions and extended shutdowns of certain businesses; and political and economic instability and civil unrest.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has had limited effect on our reported financial results to date, but could in the future significantly impact our operations, create significant supply chain challenges and disruptions, and/or limit our ability to timely sell or distribute our products in the future, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

While COVID-19 has had limited impact on our reported results to date, pandemic recovery continues to be a focus for Nutrien. As public health and perception dynamically change, we analyze and adapt our response to safeguard our employees and other key stakeholders while supplying critical agricultural products and solutions to growers.

 

Our response is focused on ensuring business continuity, providing a safe working environment for our workforce, and supporting our employees and communities. Ongoing activities include critical forecasting for further pandemic disruptions to business and evaluations of employee and community safety protection requirements.

 

Our operations have been designated as part of critical infrastructure and as essential businesses (or equivalents) in our core markets, allowing us to continue to operate. Our crisis management team and leadership continue to monitor the COVID-19 situation and evaluate governmental and other public health authority actions being taken to curtail its spread.

 

  LOGO  Sustainability            LOGO  Growth and Capital Allocation            LOGO  Innovation and Technology            LOGO  Employees   

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  57 

 

  6

 

Cybersecurity Threats

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Cyberattacks, ransomware events, and breaches or exposure to potential computer viruses of our systems, third-party service providers’ systems or cloud-based platforms could lead to disruptions to our operations, loss of data, or the unintended disclosure of confidential information and/or personally identifiable information or property damage. Any of these could result in business disruptions, reputational damage, personal injury or third-party claims, impacting our operations, financial performance or reputation.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We maintain an enhanced focus on cybersecurity and data privacy in conjunction with our cybersecurity strategy, policy and framework. Threat and risk assessments are completed for all new information technology systems, and our cybersecurity incident response processes are backstopped by external response measures.

 

Nutrien promotes a strong culture of cybersecurity awareness as cyber safety is important to the resiliency of our digital livelihood, both at work and in our personal lives. Regular simulated phishing, global broadcasts and targeted cybersecurity training are components of our comprehensive cybersecurity awareness program. We also share our awareness of cybersecurity fundamentals through training sessions with key customers, suppliers and community members.

 

  7

 

Political, Economic and Social Instability

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Political, economic and social instability may affect our business including, for instance, if any of the jurisdictions in which we operate or do business in introduce restrictions on monetary distributions, forced divestitures or changes to or nullification of existing agreements, mining permits or leases, or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls, international trade restrictions, embargoes, barriers, or other restrictions. Instability in political or regulatory regimes could also affect our ability to do business and could impact our sales and operating results, our reputation, or the value of our assets.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We have a Government & Industry Affairs Team and an active engagement strategy with governments, regulators and other stakeholders in the countries where we operate or plan to operate. We assess capital investments and project decisions against political, country and other related risk factors. Dedicated teams regularly monitor developments and global trends that may impact us.

 

  8

 

Stakeholder Support

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Our stakeholders may not support our business plans, structure, strategy or sustainability initiatives, such as ESG initiatives and strategy, climate commitments, and social responsibilities. Loss of stakeholder confidence could impair our ability to execute our business plans, could negatively impact our ability to produce or sell our products, and may lead to reputational damage, increased costs, financial losses, shareholder action or negatively impact our access to or cost of capital.

 

Our ability to meet our commitments that are part of our Feeding the Future Plan, including reducing our GHG emissions, is subject to several assumptions, risks and uncertainties, and our actions taken in implementing these objectives may expose us to certain additional financial and operational risks. Such risks and our inability to meet our commitments may have an adverse effect on our stakeholder support.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We have an Issues Management Team that continuously monitors stakeholder issues and that regularly engages with our stakeholders to identify and address their concerns and communicate the long-term value opportunities associated with our business plans. We also have an active Community Relations Team and community investment programs.

 

We recently launched our Feeding the Future Plan as part of our sustainability strategy, which is structured to support what matters most to our stakeholders, which includes supporting environmental and climate action, and equality, diversity, and inclusivity in agriculture.

 

  LOGO  Sustainability            LOGO  Growth and Capital Allocation            LOGO  Innovation and Technology            LOGO  Employees   

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 58  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

  9

 

Talent and Organizational Culture

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

An inability to attract, develop, engage or retain skilled employees, or establish the right organizational culture or promote and foster a respectful, diverse, and inclusive workplace, could impact productivity, reliability, safety performance, costs, customer relationships, and/or our reputation.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We have a proactive in-house Talent Attraction and Sourcing Team that focuses on efficiently building a diverse and talented workforce with the current and future skills we need. We are committed to the career development of our employees and building a culture grounded in our organizational purpose and the values of safety and integrity. We believe our active listening strategy identifies potential issues employees experience and assists in engagement and our inclusive culture. Our talent succession process focuses on identifying and managing critical roles and the proactive build-up of internal and external bench strength with an eye to diversity. Our incentive programs are competitive and performance-based and support our purpose-driven culture.

 

 

  10

 

Capital Redeployment

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Our inability to deploy capital to efficiently achieve sustained growth, effectively execute on opportunities or meet investor preferences – whether due to market conditions, lack of options or otherwise, or deploying capital in a manner inconsistent with our strategic priorities – could impact our returns, operations, reputation or access to or cost of capital.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We are focused on creating long-term value and our capital allocation policy prioritizes maintaining safe and reliable operations, a strong balance sheet, creating value through high return growth opportunities and returning capital to shareholders. In addition to increasing our annualized dividend and maintaining a strong balance sheet, during 2021 we repurchased 15 million shares under our share repurchase program, reduced our long-term debt by $2.1 billion and announced capital commitments to reduce our GHG emissions intensity by 2030.

    

 

LOGO

 

 

See page 14 of this report for more information on our capital allocation priorities.

 

  11

 

  Safety, Health and Environment

  

Associated Key Priorities     LOGO

   

Description

 

Our operations are subject to safety, health, and environmental risks inherent in the mining, manufacturing, transportation, storage, and distribution of our products. These factors could result in injuries or fatalities, or impact the air quality, biodiversity, water resources, or related ecosystems near our operations, impacting our operations, financial performance or reputation.

  

Risk Management Approach

 

We have robust governance processes that ensure we follow all regulatory, industry, and internal standards of safety, health, and environmental responsibility that involve independent audits and assessments. We have structured incident prevention and response systems in place, conduct regular security vulnerability assessments, and maintain protocols for employees working and traveling abroad. Further, we have robust process safety management and preventive maintenance programs. We have developed crisis communication protocols and emergency response programs and personnel can be deployed in the event of a significant incident.

 

We maintain environmental monitoring and control systems, including third-party reviews of key containment structures.

 

  LOGO  Sustainability            LOGO  Growth and Capital Allocation            LOGO  Innovation and Technology            LOGO  Employees   

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  59 

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Nutrien in its annual filings, interim filings (as these terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 – Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”)) and other reports filed or submitted by us under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by the annual filings, being December 31, 2021, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Nutrien in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is (a) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the securities legislation, and (b) accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and NI 52-109. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the design and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report based on the framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as at December 31, 2021, Nutrien Ltd. did maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. There have been no changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2021 was audited by KPMG LLP, as reflected in their report, which is included in this 2021 Annual Report.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 60  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements and other information included in this document, including within the “2022 Guidance” section, constitute “forward-looking information” or “forward-looking statements” (collectively, “forward-looking statements”) under applicable securities laws (such statements are often accompanied by words such as “anticipate”, “forecast”, “expect”, “believe”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan” or other similar words). All statements in this document, other than those relating to historical information or current conditions, are forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: Nutrien’s business strategies, plans, prospects and opportunities; Nutrien’s 2022 annual guidance, including our expectations regarding our adjusted net earnings per share, adjusted EBITDA (consolidated and by segment); expectations regarding our adjusted net debt to adjusted EBITDA leverage ratios; expectations regarding adjusted EBITDA growth; expectations regarding our growth and capital allocation intentions and strategies; capital spending expectations for 2022; expectations regarding performance of our operating segments in 2022, including our operating segment market outlooks and market conditions for 2022, and the anticipated supply and demand for our products and services, expected market and industry conditions with respect to crop nutrient application rates, planted acres, crop mix, prices and the impact of import and export volumes; expectations regarding our operating segment production and capacity, including the anticipated benefits in connection with the Phase 2 brownfield nitrogen expansion project and the timing thereof; expectations regarding global population growth; expectations concerning future product offerings, including the planned expansion of our digital platform to markets in Australia and South America; expectations regarding repurchases of our common shares, including the timing thereof; expectations regarding the sufficiency of Nutrien’s liquidity, including the sources thereof, to meet our anticipated capital expenditures and other cash requirements; the negotiation of sales contracts and the associated prices thereunder; expectations regarding acquisitions and divestitures; expected timing for the indefinite closure of our ammonia plant in Trinidad; expectations regarding our sustainability, climate-change and ESG initiatives, including our GHG emissions reduction strategy and related programs and initiatives, as well as our various ESG performance targets and aspirations as set out in our Feeding the Future Plan; our GHG emissions reduction target, including our plans with respect thereto and estimated capital expenditures required to achieve that target; initiatives to promote sustainable and productive agriculture; expectations regarding contributions to pensions and post-retirement plans; and expectations in connection with our ability to deliver long-term returns to shareholders. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. As such, undue reliance should not be placed on these forward-looking statements.

All of the forward-looking statements are qualified by the assumptions that are stated or inherent in such forward-looking statements, including the assumptions referred to below and elsewhere in this document. Although we believe that these assumptions are reasonable, having regard to our experience and our perception of historical trends, the list of assumptions set forth below is not exhaustive of the factors that may affect any of the forward-looking statements and the reader should not place an undue reliance on these assumptions and such forward-looking statements. Current conditions, economic and otherwise, render assumptions, although reasonable when made, subject to greater uncertainty.

In respect of our GHG emissions reduction and other sustainability and climate-related initiatives and targets, we have made assumptions with respect to, among other things: that such target is achievable by deploying capital into nitrous oxide (“N2O”) abatement at our nitric acid production facilities, energy efficiency improvements, carbon capture, utilization and storage, the use of natural gas to generate electricity and waste heat recovery; our ability to successfully deploy capital and pursue other operational measures, including the successful application to our current and future operations of existing and new technologies; the successful implementation by us of proposed or potential plans in respect thereof; projected capital investment levels, the flexibility of our capital spending plans and the associated sources of funding; our ability to otherwise implement all technology necessary to achieve our GHG emissions reduction and other sustainability and climate-related initiatives and targets; and the development, availability and performance of technology and technological innovations and associated expected future results.

Additional key assumptions that have been made in relation to the operation of our business as currently planned and our ability to achieve our business objectives include, among other things, assumptions with respect to our ability to successfully complete, integrate and realize the anticipated benefits of our already completed and future acquisitions and divestitures, and that we will be able to implement our standards, controls, procedures and policies in respect of any acquired businesses and realize the expected synergies; that future business, regulatory and industry conditions will be within the parameters expected by us, including with respect to prices, margins, demand, supply, product availability, supplier agreements, availability and cost of labor and interest, exchange, inflation and effective tax rates; assumptions with respect to global economic conditions and the accuracy of our market outlook expectations for 2022 and in the future; our expectations regarding the impacts, direct and indirect, of the COVID 19 pandemic on our business, customers, business partners, employees, supply chain, other stakeholders and the overall economy; the adequacy of our cash generated from operations and our ability to access our credit facilities or capital markets for additional

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  61 

 

sources of financing; our ability to identify suitable candidates for acquisitions and divestitures and negotiate acceptable terms; our ability to maintain investment-grade ratings and achieve our performance targets; our ability to successfully negotiate sales contracts; our ability to successfully implement new initiatives and programs; and our ability to redeploy capital to generate higher returns for shareholders.

Events or circumstances could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

With respect to our GHG emissions reduction and other sustainability and climate-related initiatives and targets, such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to: our ability to deploy sufficient capital to fund the necessary expenditures to implement the necessary operational changes to achieve these initiatives and targets; our ability to implement requisite operational changes; our ability to implement some or all of the technology necessary to efficiently and effectively achieve expected future results, including in respect of such GHG emissions reduction target; the availability and commercial viability and scalability of emission reduction strategies and related technology and products; and the development and execution of implementing strategies to meet such GHG emissions reduction target.

With respect to our business generally and our ability to meet the other targets, commitments, goals, strategies and related milestones and schedules disclosed herein, such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to: general global economic, market and business conditions; failure to complete announced and future acquisitions or divestitures at all or on the expected terms and within the expected timeline; climate-change and weather conditions, including impacts from regional flooding and/or drought conditions; crop planted acreage, yield and prices; the supply and demand and price levels for our products; governmental and regulatory requirements and actions by governmental authorities, including changes in government policy (including tariffs, trade restrictions and climate-change initiatives), government ownership requirements, changes in environmental, tax and other laws or regulations and the interpretation thereof; political risks, including civil unrest, actions by armed groups or conflict and malicious acts including terrorism; the occurrence of a major environmental or safety incident; innovation and cybersecurity risks related to our systems, including our costs of addressing or mitigating such risks; counterparty and sovereign risk; delays in completion of turnarounds at our major facilities; interruptions of or constraints in availability of key inputs, including natural gas and sulfur; any significant impairment of the carrying amount of certain assets; risks related to reputational loss; certain complications that may arise in our mining processes; the ability to attract, engage and retain skilled employees and strikes or other forms of work stoppages; the COVID 19 pandemic, including variants of the COVID-19 virus and the efficacy and distribution of vaccines and treatments in respect thereof, and its resulting effects on economic conditions, restrictions imposed by public health authorities or governments, including vaccine mandates, fiscal and monetary responses by governments and financial institutions and disruptions to global supply chains; and other risk factors detailed from time to time in Nutrien reports filed with the Canadian securities regulators and the Securities and Exchange Commission in the US.

The purpose of our expected adjusted net earnings per share, adjusted EBITDA (consolidated and by segment) and sustaining capital expenditures guidance ranges, as well as our adjusted net earnings per share and adjusted EBITDA price and volume sensitivities ranges, are to assist readers in understanding our expected and targeted financial results, and this information may not be appropriate for other purposes.

The forward-looking statements in this document are made as of the date hereof and Nutrien disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements in this document as a result of new information or future events, except as may be required under applicable Canadian securities legislation or applicable US federal securities laws.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 62  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

APPENDIX A – NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

We use both IFRS and certain non-IFRS financial measures to assess performance. Non-IFRS financial measures are financial measures disclosed by a company that (a) depict historical or expected future financial performance, financial position or cash flow of a company, (b) with respect to their composition, exclude amounts that are included in, or include amounts that are excluded from, the composition of the most directly comparable financial measure disclosed in the primary financial statements of the company, (c) are not disclosed in the financial statements of the company and (d) are not a ratio, fraction, percentage or similar representation. Non-IFRS ratios are financial measures disclosed by a company that are in the form of a ratio, fraction, percentage or similar representation that has a non-IFRS financial measure as one or more of its components, and that are not disclosed in the financial statements of the company.

These non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios are not standardized financial measures under IFRS and, therefore, are unlikely to be comparable to similar financial measures presented by other companies. Management believes these non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios provide transparent and useful supplemental information to help investors evaluate our financial performance, financial condition and liquidity using the same measures as management. These non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The following section outlines our non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios, their compositions, and why management uses each measure. It includes reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measures. Except as otherwise described herein, our non-IFRS financial measures and non-IFRS ratios are calculated on a consistent basis from period to period and are adjusted for specific items in each period, as applicable. As additional non-recurring or unusual items arise in the future, we generally exclude these items in our calculations.

Adjusted EBITDA (Consolidated)

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Net earnings (loss).

Definition: Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as net earnings (loss) before finance costs, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation and certain foreign exchange gain/loss (net of related derivatives). We also adjust this measure for the following other income and expenses that are excluded when management evaluates the performance of our day-to-day operations: integration and restructuring related costs, impairment or reversal of impairment of assets, COVID-19 related expenses, gain or loss on disposal of certain businesses and investments, and IFRS adoption transition adjustments.

In 2021, we amended our calculation of adjusted EBITDA to adjust for the impact of integration and restructuring and related costs and cloud computing transition adjustment. There were no similar expenses in the comparative period.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: It is not impacted by long-term investment and financing decisions, but rather focuses on the performance of our day-to-day operations. It provides a measure of our ability to service debt and to meet other payment obligations and as a component of employee remuneration calculations.

 

(millions of US dollars)      

 

       2021        

 

       2020  

Net earnings

     

 

3,179

 

     

 

459

 

Finance costs

     

 

613

 

     

 

520

 

Income tax expense (recovery)

     

 

989

 

     

 

(77

Depreciation and amortization

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

       1,951

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,989

 

EBITDA1

     

 

6,732

 

     

 

2,891

 

Share-based compensation expense

     

 

198

 

     

 

69

 

Foreign exchange loss, net of related derivatives

     

 

39

 

     

 

19

 

Integration and restructuring related costs

     

 

43

 

     

 

60

 

Impairment of assets

     

 

33

 

     

 

824

 

COVID-19 related expenses 2

     

 

45

 

     

 

48

 

Loss on disposal of business

     

 

 

     

 

6

 

Net gain on disposal of investment in MOPCO

     

 

 

     

 

(250

Cloud computing transition adjustment 3

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

36

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

7,126

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,667

 

 

1

EBITDA is calculated as net earnings (loss) before finance costs, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization.

2

COVID-19 related expenses primarily consist of increased cleaning and sanitization costs, the purchase of personal protective equipment, discretionary supplemental employee costs, and costs related to construction delays from access limitations and other government restrictions.

3

Cloud computing transition adjustment relates to cloud computing costs in prior years that no longer qualify for capitalization based on an agenda decision issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee in April 2021.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  63 

 

Adjusted Net Earnings and Adjusted Net Earnings Per Share

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Net earnings (loss) and net earnings (loss) per share.

Definition: Adjusted net earnings and related per share information are calculated as net earnings (loss) before share-based compensation and certain foreign exchange gain/loss (net of related derivatives), net of tax. We also adjust this measure for the following other income and expenses (net of tax) that are excluded when management evaluates the performance of our day-to-day operations: certain integration and restructuring related costs, impairment or reversal of impairment of assets, COVID-19 related expenses (including those recorded under finance costs), gain or loss on disposal of certain businesses and investments, IFRS adoption transition adjustments and gain/loss on early extinguishment of debt. We generally apply the annual forecasted effective tax rate to our adjustments during the year and, at year-end, we apply the actual effective tax rate. If the effective tax rate is significantly different from our forecasted effective tax rate due to adjustments or discrete tax impacts, we apply a tax rate that excludes those items. For material adjustments, we apply a tax rate specific to the adjustment. In 2021, we amended our calculation of adjusted net earnings to adjust for the impact of integration and restructuring related costs, cloud computing transition adjustment, and gain/loss on early extinguishment of debt. There were no similar expenses in the comparative period.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: Focuses on the performance of our day-to-day operations and is used as a component of employee remuneration calculations.

 

 

 

   2021      2020  
(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)    Increases
(Decreases)
     Post-Tax      Per Diluted
Share
     Increases
(Decreases)
    Post-Tax     Per Diluted
Share
 

Net earnings attributable to equity holders of Nutrien

     

 

3,153

 

  

 

5.52

 

    

 

459

 

 

 

0.81

 

Adjustments:

               

Share-based compensation expense

  

 

198

 

  

 

151

 

  

 

0.27

 

  

 

69

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

0.09

 

Foreign exchange loss, net of related derivatives

  

 

39

 

  

 

30

 

  

 

0.05

 

  

 

19

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

0.02

 

Integration and restructuring related costs

  

 

43

 

  

 

33

 

  

 

0.06

 

  

 

60

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

0.08

 

Impairment of assets

  

 

33

 

  

 

25

 

  

 

0.04

 

  

 

824

 

 

 

657

 

 

 

1.15

 

COVID-19 related expenses

  

 

45

 

  

 

34

 

  

 

0.06

 

  

 

67

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

0.09

 

Loss on disposal of business

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Net gain on disposal of investment in MOPCO

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(250

 

 

(250

 

 

(0.44

Cloud computing transition adjustment

  

 

36

 

  

 

27

 

  

 

0.05

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

  

 

142

 

  

 

104

 

  

 

0.18

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net earnings

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,557

 

  

 

6.23

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

1.80

 

Adjusted EBITDA (Consolidated) and Adjusted Net Earnings Per Share Guidance

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net earnings per share guidance are forward-looking non-IFRS financial measures. We do not provide a reconciliation of such forward-looking measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS due to unknown variables and the uncertainty related to future results. These unknown variables may include unpredictable transactions of significant value that may be inherently difficult to determine without unreasonable efforts. Guidance for adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net earnings per share excludes the impacts of share-based compensation, certain foreign exchange gain/loss (net of related derivatives), integration and restructuring related costs, impairment or reversal of impairment of assets, COVID-19 related expenses (including those recorded under finance costs), gain or loss on disposal of certain businesses and investments, IFRS adoption transition adjustments, and gain/loss on early extinguishment of debt.

Free Cash Flow and Free Cash Flow Including Changes in Non-Cash Operating Working Capital

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Cash provided by (used in) operating activities.

Definition: Free cash flow is calculated as cash provided by (used in) operating activities less sustaining capital expenditures and before changes in non-cash operating working capital. Free cash flow including non-cash operating working capital is calculated as cash provided by operating activities less sustaining capital expenditures.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: For evaluation of liquidity and financial strength. These are also useful as indicators of our ability to service debt, meet other payment obligations and make strategic investments. These do not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 64  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

(millions of US dollars)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Cash provided by operating activities

     

 

3,886

 

     

 

3,323

 

Sustaining capital expenditures

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(1,247

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(919

Free cash flow including changes in non-cash operating working capital

     

 

2,639

 

     

 

2,404

 

Changes in non-cash operating working capital

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(1,661

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

574

 

Free cash flow

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

4,300

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,830

 

Growth Capital

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Capital expenditures.

Definition: Investing capital expenditures plus business acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Reconciliations are provided in the “Capital Allocation” section.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: To demonstrate how we allocate our capital to our various priorities including growth and expansion projects and acquisitions.

Gross Margin Excluding Depreciation and Amortization Per Tonne – Manufactured

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Gross margin.

Definition: Gross margin per tonne from manufactured products less depreciation and amortization per tonne. Reconciliations are provided in the “Operating Segment Outlook and Performance” section.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: Focuses on the performance of our day-to-day operations, which excludes the effects of items that primarily reflect the impact of long-term investment and financing decisions.

Potash Cash Cost of Product Manufactured (“COPM”) Per Tonne

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Cost of goods sold (“COGS”) for the Potash segment.

Definition: Total Potash COGS for the period excluding depreciation and amortization expense and inventory and other adjustments divided by the production tonnes for the period.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: To assess operational performance. Potash cash COPM excludes the effects of production from other periods and long-term investment decisions, supporting a focus on the performance of our day-to-day operations.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Total COGS – Potash

     

 

1,285

 

     

 

1,183

 

Change in inventory

     

 

22

 

     

 

(10

Other adjustments 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(6

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(12

COPM

     

 

1,301

 

     

 

1,161

 

Depreciation and amortization included in COPM

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(430

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(424

Cash COPM

     

 

871

 

     

 

737

 

Production tonnes (tonnes – thousands)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

      13,790

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

12,595

 

Potash cash COPM per tonne

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

63

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

59

 

 

1

Other adjustments include unallocated production overhead that is recognized as part of cost of goods sold but is not included in the measurement of inventory and changes in inventory balances.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  65 

 

Ammonia Controllable Cash COPM Per Tonne

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Total manufactured COGS for the Nitrogen segment.

Definition: The total of COGS for the Nitrogen segment excluding depreciation and amortization expense included in COGS, cash COGS for products other than ammonia, other adjustments, and natural gas and steam costs, divided by net ammonia production tonnes.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: To assess operational performance. Ammonia controllable cash COPM excludes the effects of production from other periods, the costs of natural gas and steam, and long-term investment decisions, supporting a focus on the performance of our day-to-day operations.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Total Manufactured COGS – Nitrogen

     

 

         2,353

 

     

 

1,804

 

Total Other COGS – Nitrogen

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

610

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

461

 

Total COGS – Nitrogen

     

 

2,963

 

     

 

2,265

 

Depreciation and amortization in COGS

     

 

(473

     

 

(522

Cash COGS for products other than ammonia

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(1,740

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(1,342

Ammonia

           

Total cash COGS before other adjustments

     

 

750

 

     

 

401

 

Other adjustments 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(96

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(52

Total cash COPM

     

 

654

 

     

 

349

 

Natural gas and steam costs included in COPM

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(515

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(235

Controllable cash COPM

     

 

139

 

     

 

114

 

Production tonnes (net tonnes 2 – thousands)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,769

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,649

 

Ammonia controllable cash COPM per tonne

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

50

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

43

 

 

1

Other adjustments include unallocated production overhead that is recognized as part of cost of goods sold but is not included in the measurement of inventory and changes in inventory balances.

2

Ammonia tonnes available for sale, as not upgraded to other Nitrogen products.

Retail Adjusted Average Working Capital to Sales and Retail Adjusted Average Working Capital to Sales Excluding Nutrien Financial

Definition: Retail adjusted average working capital divided by Retail adjusted sales for the last four rolling quarters. We exclude in our calculations the working capital and sales of certain acquisitions (such as Ruralco Holdings Limited) during the first year following the acquisition. We also look at this metric excluding the sales and working capital of Nutrien Financial.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: To evaluate operational efficiency. A lower or higher percentage represents increased or decreased efficiency, respectively. The metric excluding Nutrien Financial shows the impact that the working capital of Nutrien Financial has on the ratio.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Average current assets

     

 

         9,332

 

     

 

7,998

 

Average current liabilities

           

 

(7,093

           

 

(5,825

Average working capital

     

 

2,239

 

     

 

2,173

 

Average working capital from certain recent acquisitions

           

 

 

           

 

(11

Adjusted average working capital

     

 

2,239

 

     

 

2,162

 

Average Nutrien Financial working capital

           

 

(2,316

           

 

(1,502

Adjusted average working capital excluding Nutrien Financial

           

 

(77

           

 

660

 

Sales

     

 

17,734

 

     

 

14,785

 

Sales from certain recent acquisitions

           

 

 

           

 

(686

Adjusted sales

     

 

17,734

 

     

 

14,099

 

Nutrien Financial revenue

           

 

(189

           

 

(129

Adjusted sales excluding Nutrien Financial

           

 

17,545

 

           

 

13,970

 

Adjusted average working capital to sales (%)

     

 

13

 

     

 

15

 

Adjusted average working capital to sales excluding Nutrien Financial (%)

           

 

 

           

 

5

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 66  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

Nutrien Financial Adjusted Net Interest Margin

Definition: Nutrien Financial revenue less deemed interest expense divided by average Nutrien Financial receivables outstanding for the last four rolling quarters.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: Used by credit rating agencies and other users to evaluate financial performance of Nutrien Financial.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Nutrien Financial revenue

     

 

189

 

     

 

129

 

Deemed interest expense 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(36

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(49

Net interest

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

153

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

80

 

Average Nutrien Financial receivables

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

        2,316

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,502

 

Nutrien Financial adjusted net interest margin (%)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

6.6

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

5.3

 

 

1

Average borrowing rate applied to the notional debt required to fund the portfolio of receivables from customers monitored and serviced by Nutrien Financial.

Retail Cash Operating Coverage Ratio

Definition: Retail selling, general and administrative, and other expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization expense, divided by Retail gross margin excluding depreciation and amortization expense in cost of goods sold, for the last four rolling quarters.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: To understand the costs and underlying economics of our Retail operations and to assess our Retail operating performance and ability to generate free cash flow.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

       2021        

 

       2020  

Selling expenses

     

 

3,124

 

     

 

2,795

 

General and administrative expenses

     

 

168

 

     

 

135

 

Other expenses

           

 

86

 

           

 

44

 

Operating expenses

     

 

3,378

 

     

 

2,974

 

Depreciation and amortization in operating expenses

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(694

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(658

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,684

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,316

 

Gross margin

     

 

          4,600

 

     

 

3,736

 

Depreciation and amortization in cost of goods sold

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

12

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

10

 

Gross margin excluding depreciation and amortization

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

4,612

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,746

 

Cash operating coverage ratio (%)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

58

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

62

 

Retail Normalized Comparable Store Sales

Most directly comparable IFRS financial measure: Retail sales from comparable base as a component of total Retail sales.

Definition: Prior year comparable store sales adjusted for published potash, nitrogen and phosphate benchmark prices and foreign exchange rates used in the current year. We retain sales of closed locations in the comparable base if the closed location is in close proximity to an existing location, unless we plan to exit the market area or are unable to economically or logistically serve it. We do not adjust for temporary closures, expansions or renovations of stores.

Why we use the measure and why it is useful to investors: To evaluate sales growth by adjusting for fluctuations in commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. Includes locations we have owned for more than 12 months.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Sales from comparable base

     

 

                   

 

     

Prior period

     

 

14,785

 

     

 

13,282

 

Adjustments 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(476

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

Revised prior period

     

 

14,309

 

     

 

13,282

 

Current period

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

17,511

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

13,546

 

Comparable store sales (%)

     

 

22

 

     

 

2

 

Prior period normalized for benchmark prices and foreign exchange rates

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

16,350

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

12,784

 

Normalized comparable store sales (%)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

7

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

6

 

 

1

Adjustments relate to prior period sales related to closed locations or businesses that no longer exist in the current period in order to provide a comparable base in our calculation.

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  67 

 

APPENDIX B – OTHER FINANCIAL MEASURES

Supplementary Financial Measures

Supplementary financial measures are financial measures disclosed by a company that (a) are, or are intended to be, disclosed on a periodic basis to depict the historical or expected future financial performance, financial position or cash flow of a company, (b) are not disclosed in the financial statements of the company, (c) are not non-IFRS financial measures, and (d) are not non-IFRS ratios.

The following section provides an explanation of the composition of those supplementary financial measures if not previously provided.

Retail adjusted EBITDA margin: Retail adjusted EBITDA divided by Retail sales for the last four rolling quarters.

Retail digital platform sales: Grower and employee sales in North America entered directly into the digital platform.

Retail digital platform sales to total sales: Grower and employee sales in North America entered directly into the digital platform as a percentage of total sales in North America.

Sustaining capital expenditures: Represents capital expenditures that are required to sustain operations at existing levels and include major repairs and maintenance and plant turnarounds.

Investing capital expenditures: Represents capital expenditures related to significant expansions of current operations or to create cost savings (synergies). Investing capital excludes capital outlays for business acquisitions and equity-accounted investees.

Mine development and pre-stripping capital expenditures: Represents capital expenditures that are required for activities to open new areas underground and/or develop a mine or ore body to allow for future production mining and activities required to prepare and/or access the ore i.e., removal of an overburden that allows access to the ore.

Retail adjusted EBITDA per US selling location: Calculated as total Retail US adjusted EBITDA for the last four rolling quarters, representing the organic EBITDA component, which excludes acquisitions in those quarters, divided by the number of US locations that have generated sales in the last four rolling quarters, adjusted for acquired locations in those quarters.

Cash used for dividends and share repurchases (shareholder returns): Calculated as dividends paid to Nutrien shareholders plus repurchase of common shares per the consolidated statements of cash flows. This measure is useful as it represents return of capital to shareholders.

Capital Management Measures

Capital management measures are financial measures disclosed by a company that (a) are intended to enable an individual to evaluate a company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing the entity’s capital, (b) are not a component of a line item disclosed in the primary financial statements of the company, (c) are disclosed in the notes of the financial statements of the company, and (d) are not disclosed in the primary financial statements of the company.

The following section outlines our capital management measure, its composition and why management uses the measure.

Adjusted Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA: Calculated as adjusted net debt to adjusted EBITDA. Both components are non-IFRS financial measures. This ratio measures financial leverage and our ability to pay our debt.

The most directly comparable measure for adjusted net debt is total short-term and long-term debt and lease liabilities less cash and cash equivalents and is defined as the total of short-term and long-term debt plus lease liabilities less cash and cash equivalents and unamortized fair value adjustments. This measure is useful as it adjusts for the unamortized fair value adjustments that arose at the time of the merger and is non-cash by nature.

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

       2021        

 

       2020  

Short-term debt

     

 

1,560

 

     

 

159

 

Current portion of long-term debt

     

 

545

 

     

 

14

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

     

 

286

 

     

 

249

 

Long-term debt

     

 

7,521

 

     

 

10,047

 

Lease liabilities

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

934

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

891

 

Total debt

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

      10,846

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

11,360

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

 

(499

     

 

(1,454

Unamortized fair value adjustments

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(325

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(404

Adjusted net debt

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

10,022

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

9,502

 

 

 

OVERVIEW      |     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS    |     FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

 68  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS

The following information is not part of our MD&A on SEDAR and EDGAR and is furnished for those readers who may find value in the use of such information over the long term. In future years, we plan to expand the historical data in these tables as the information becomes available.

Summary Financial Information

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020        

 

     2019        

 

     2018  

Operations

                       

Sales 1

     

 

      27,712

 

     

 

20,908

 

     

 

20,084

 

     

 

19,636

 

Earnings before finance costs and income taxes

     

 

4,781

 

     

 

902

 

     

 

1,862

 

     

 

414

 

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations

     

 

3,179

 

     

 

459

 

     

 

992

 

     

 

(31

Net earnings

     

 

3,179

 

     

 

459

 

     

 

992

 

     

 

3,573

 

Diluted net earnings per share from continuing operations

     

 

5.52

 

     

 

0.81

 

     

 

1.70

 

     

 

(0.05

Diluted net earnings per share

     

 

5.52

 

     

 

0.81

 

     

 

1.70

 

     

 

5.72

 

Finance costs

     

 

613

 

     

 

520

 

     

 

554

 

     

 

538

 

Adjusted EBITDA 2

     

 

7,126

 

     

 

3,667

 

     

 

4,025

 

     

 

3,934

 

Cash provided by operating activities

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,886

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,323

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,665

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,052

 

Balance Sheet

                       

Total assets

     

 

49,954

 

     

 

47,192

 

     

 

46,799

 

     

 

45,502

 

Short-term debt and long-term debt (including leases)

     

 

10,846

 

     

 

11,360

 

     

 

11,104

 

     

 

9,223

 

Shareholders’ equity

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

23,699

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

22,403

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

22,907

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

24,425

 

Common Share Information

                       

Weighted average common shares (millions)

     

 

571

 

     

 

570

 

     

 

583

 

     

 

625

 

Closing share price on NYSE (USD)

     

 

75.20

 

     

 

48.16

 

     

 

47.91

 

     

 

47.00

 

Total shareholder return percentage (%)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

60.8

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

5.5

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

5.5

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

(6.6

Operating Segment Information

                       

Retail net sales 1,3

     

 

17,734

 

     

 

14,785

 

     

 

13,282

 

     

 

12,520

 

Potash net sales

     

 

4,036

 

     

 

2,146

 

     

 

2,604

 

     

 

2,667

 

Nitrogen net sales 4

     

 

4,689

 

     

 

2,740

 

     

 

2,848

 

     

 

2,965

 

Phosphate net sales 4

     

 

1,829

 

     

 

1,202

 

     

 

1,368

 

     

 

1,561

 

Retail adjusted EBITDA

     

 

1,939

 

     

 

1,430

 

     

 

1,231

 

     

 

1,206

 

Potash adjusted EBITDA

     

 

2,736

 

     

 

1,190

 

     

 

1,593

 

     

 

1,606

 

Nitrogen adjusted EBITDA 4

     

 

2,308

 

     

 

1,080

 

     

 

1,239

 

     

 

1,215

 

Phosphate adjusted EBITDA 4

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

540

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

232

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

194

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

255

 

Capital Allocation

                       

Sustaining capital expenditures 5

     

 

1,247

 

     

 

919

 

     

 

1,018

 

     

 

985

 

Investing capital expenditures 5

     

 

510

 

     

 

511

 

     

 

772

 

     

 

320

 

Mine development and pre-stripping expenditures 5

     

 

156

 

     

 

109

 

     

 

96

 

     

 

100

 

Business acquisitions (net of cash acquired)

     

 

88

 

     

 

233

 

     

 

911

 

     

 

433

 

Dividends paid

     

 

1,045

 

     

 

1,030

 

     

 

1,022

 

     

 

952

 

Payments for share repurchases

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,035

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

160

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,930

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,800

 

 

1

Certain immaterial figures have been reclassified for 2019 and 2018.

2

This is a non-IFRS financial measure. See the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” section. Additional information relating to 2019 and 2018 is contained in the “Appendix – Non-IFRS Financial Measures” sections of Nutrien’s MD&A dated February 19, 2020 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and its MD&A dated February 20, 2019 for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively, which information is incorporated by reference herein. Such MD&A are available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

3

Certain immaterial figures have been reclassified or grouped together for 2018.

4

Restated 2018 for the reclassification of sulfate from the Phosphate segment to the Nitrogen segment.

5

These are supplementary financial measures. See the “Other Financial Measures” section.

 

 

OVERVIEW           MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS       |    FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS    |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  69 

 

Summary Non-Financial Information

 

(millions of US dollars, except as otherwise noted)      

 

     2021        

 

     2020        

 

     2019        

 

     2018  

Safety

     

 

                  

 

                 

Total recordable injury frequency 1

     

 

1.11

 

     

 

1.13

 

     

 

1.29

 

     

 

1.38

 

Lost-time injury frequency 1

     

 

0.27

 

     

 

0.26

 

     

 

0.31

 

     

 

0.37

 

Serious injury and fatality incidents

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2

 

Environment

                       

Environmental incidents 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

24

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

23

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

24

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

20

 

Community

                       

Community investment ($ millions)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

19

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

18

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

17

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

17

 

Employees

                       

Employees at December 31

     

 

23,500

 

     

 

23,100

 

     

 

22,300

 

     

 

20,300

 

Total employee turnover rate (%)

     

 

15

 

     

 

13

 

     

 

13

 

     

 

14

 

Proportion of women (%)

     

 

20

 

     

 

20

 

     

 

19

 

     

 

17

 

Proportion of women in senior leadership (director level and above) (%)

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

21

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

19

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

15

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

17

 

 

1

Restated 2018-2020 as a result of changes to classification of incidents.

 

Summary Production and Sales Volumes Information

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020        

 

     2019        

 

     2018  

Production (thousands)

                       

Potash production (product tonnes)

     

 

      13,790

 

     

 

12,595

 

     

 

11,700

 

     

 

12,842

 

Nitrogen production (total ammonia tonnes) 1

     

 

5,996

 

     

 

6,063

 

     

 

6,164

 

     

 

6,372

 

Phosphate production (P2O5 tonnes) 2

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,518

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,444

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,514

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,551

 

Sales of manufactured product tonnes (thousands)

                       

Retail crop nutrient tonnes sold

     

 

13,383

 

     

 

12,732

 

     

 

11,048

 

     

 

10,689

 

Potash tonnes sold

     

 

13,625

 

     

 

12,824

 

     

 

11,521

 

     

 

13,019

 

Nitrogen tonnes sold 3

     

 

10,725

 

     

 

10,966

 

     

 

10,270

 

     

 

10,598

 

Phosphate tonnes sold 3

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,619

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,781

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,889

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,272

 

 

1

All figures are provided on a gross production basis.

2

Excludes Redwater. 2018 figures were restated to exclude Redwater.

3

Restated 2018 for the reclassification of sulfate from the Phosphate segment.

 

 

OVERVIEW           MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS       |    FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS    |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS           OTHER INFORMATION


    

LOGO

 

    

 

FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

& NOTES

 

    

 

OVERVIEW            MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS             FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  71 

 

LOGO

   

72

  

Management’s Responsibility

   

73

  

Reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   

76

  

2021 At a Glance

   

77

  

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

   

77

  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

   

78

  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   

79

  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

   

80

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   

81

  

Note 1

  

Description of Business

   

81

  

Note 2

  

Basis of Presentation

   

82

  

Note 3

  

Segment Information

   

85

  

Note 4

  

Nature of Expenses

   

86

  

Note 5

  

Share-Based Compensation

   

88

  

Note 6

  

Other Expenses (Income)

   

88

  

Note 7

  

Finance Costs

   

89

  

Note 8

  

Income Taxes

   

91

  

Note 9

  

Net Earnings Per Share

   

92

  

Note 10

  

Financial Instruments and Related Risk Management

   

96

  

Note 11

  

Receivables

   

97

  

Note 12

  

Inventories

   

97

  

Note 13

  

Property, Plant and Equipment

   

100

  

Note 14

  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

   

102

  

Note 15

  

Investments

   

102

  

Note 16

  

Other Assets

   

103

  

Note 17

  

Short-Term Debt

   

104

  

Note 18

  

Long-Term Debt

   

106

  

Note 19

  

Lease Liabilities

   

106

  

Note 20

  

Payables and Accrued Charges

   

107

  

Note 21

  

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

   

110

  

Note 22

  

Asset Retirement Obligations and Accrued Environmental Costs

   

111

  

Note 23

  

Share Capital

   

113

  

Note 24

  

Capital Management

   

114

  

Note 25

  

Business Combinations

   

116

  

Note 26

  

Commitments

   

117

  

Note 27

  

Guarantees

   

117

  

Note 28

  

Related Party Transactions

   

118

  

Note 29

  

Contingencies and Other Matters

   

120

  

Note 30

  

Accounting Policies, Estimates and Judgments

         

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 72  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting

Management’s Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related financial information are the responsibility of the management of Nutrien Ltd. (the “Company”). They have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and include amounts based on estimates and judgments. Financial information included elsewhere in this report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements are approved by the Board of Directors on the recommendation of the audit committee. The audit committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, is composed entirely of independent directors. The audit committee discusses and analyzes the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) with management before such information is approved by the committee and submitted to securities commissions or other regulatory authorities. The audit committee and management also analyze the annual consolidated financial statements and MD&A prior to their approval by the Board of Directors.

The audit committee’s duties also include reviewing critical accounting policies and significant estimates and judgments underlying the consolidated financial statements as presented by management and approving the fees of our independent registered public accounting firm.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, performs an audit of the consolidated financial statements, the results of which are reflected in their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2021. KPMG LLP has full and independent access to the audit committee to discuss their audit and related matters.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and National Instrument 52-109Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS.

Under our supervision and with the participation of management, the Company conducted an evaluation of the design and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, based on the framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company did maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2021 has been audited by KPMG LLP, as reflected in their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2021.

 

LOGO    LOGO

Ken Seitz

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer

February 17, 2022

  

Pedro Farah

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 17, 2022

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  73 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Nutrien Ltd.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Nutrien Ltd. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and our report dated February 17, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants

Calgary, Canada

February 17, 2022

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 74  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Nutrien Ltd.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nutrien Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 17, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  75 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Continued

Goodwill Impairment Assessment of the Retail North America Group of Cash-Generating Units

As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2021 was $12,220 million, of which $6,898 million of goodwill has been allocated to the Retail North America group of cash-generating units (“Retail North America CGU”). The Retail North America CGU is tested for impairment annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances may indicate the carrying amount, including goodwill, exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. The calculation of the recoverable amount of the Retail North America CGU involved estimates including forecasted earnings before tax, interest, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), terminal growth rate and the discount rate.

We identified the calculation of the recoverable amount of goodwill for the Retail North America CGU as a critical audit matter. A high degree of auditor judgment was required to evaluate the Company’s forecasted EBITDA, terminal growth rate and discount rate used to calculate the recoverable amount of the Retail North America CGU. Minor changes to these assumptions could have had a significant effect on the Company’s calculation of the recoverable amount of the Retail North America CGU. Additionally, the audit effort associated with this estimate required specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the calculation of the recoverable amount of goodwill for the Retail North America CGU. This included controls related to the determination of forecasted EBITDA, terminal growth rate and the discount rate. We evaluated the Company’s forecasted EBITDA for the Retail North America CGU by comparing to historical results and forecasted planted acreage in the United States. We evaluated the terminal growth rate by comparing to the historical growth of the Retail North America CGU and to market information, including forecasted inflation and forecasted gross domestic product in the United States. We evaluated the Company’s historical forecasts of EBITDA by comparing to actual results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

 

 

evaluating the Company’s determination of the discount rate by comparing the inputs to the discount rate to publicly available market data for comparable entities and assessing the resulting discount rate, and

 

 

evaluating the Company’s estimate of the recoverable amount of the Retail North America CGU by comparing the results of the Company’s estimate to publicly available market data and valuation metrics for comparable entities.

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Calgary, Canada

February 17, 2022

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 76  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

2021 AT A GLANCE

 

LOGO  

LOGO

LOGO   LOGO
LOGO   LOGO

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  77 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

 

 

For the years ended December 31            NOTE              2021              2020  

Sales

     

 

3

 

     

 

27,712

 

     

 

20,908

 

Freight, transportation and distribution

     

 

4

 

     

 

851

 

     

 

855

 

Cost of goods sold

           

 

4, 12

 

           

 

17,452

 

           

 

14,814

 

Gross Margin               9,409           5,239  
Selling expenses         4           3,142           2,813  
General and administrative expenses         4           477           429  
Provincial mining taxes         4           466           204  
Share-based compensation         5           198           69  
Impairment of assets         13, 14           33           824  

Other expenses (income)

           

 

6

 

           

 

312

 

           

 

(2

Earnings before finance costs and income taxes               4,781           902  

Finance costs

           

 

7

 

           

 

613

 

           

 

520

 

Earnings before income taxes               4,168           382  

Income tax expense (recovery)

           

 

8

 

           

 

989

 

           

 

(77

Net Earnings

                             

 

3,179

 

           

 

459

 

Attributable to

                 

Equity holders of Nutrien

           

 

3,153

 

     

 

459

 

Non-controlling interest

                                26                  
Net earnings                                 3,179                 459  

Net earnings per share attributable to equity holders of nutrien (“EPS”)

     

 

9

 

           

Basic

              5.53           0.81  

Diluted

                             

 

5.52

 

           

 

0.81

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS

     

 

9

 

     

 

569,664,000

 

     

 

569,657,000

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted EPS

           

 

9

 

           

 

571,289,000

 

           

 

569,686,000

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

For the years ended December 31 (net of related income taxes)            NOTE              2021              2020  
Net earnings               3,179                         459  
Other comprehensive income                  

Items that will not be reclassified to net earnings:

                 

Net actuarial gain on defined benefit plans

        21                           95           75  

Net fair value gain (loss) on investments

             15           81           (7

Items that have been or may be subsequently reclassified to net earnings:

                 

(Loss) gain on currency translation of foreign operations

           

 

(115

     

 

142

 

Other

                             

 

17

 

           

 

(16

Other comprehensive income

                             

 

78

 

           

 

194

 

Comprehensive income

                             

 

3,257

 

           

 

653

 

Attributable to                  

Equity holders of Nutrien

           

 

3,232

 

     

 

653

 

Non-controlling interest

                             

 

25

 

           

 

 

Comprehensive income

                             

 

3,257

 

           

 

653

 

(See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements)

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 78  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

For the years ended December 31           NOTE             2021             2020  
Operating activities               

Net earnings

         

 

3,179

 

    

 

459

 

Adjustments for:

              

Depreciation and amortization

         

 

1,951

 

    

 

1,989

 

Share-based compensation expense

    

 

5

 

    

 

198

 

    

 

69

 

Impairment of assets

    

 

13

 

    

 

33

 

    

 

824

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

         

 

142

 

    

 

 

Net gain on disposal of investment in Misr Fertilizers Production Company S.A.E. (“MOPCO”)

    

 

6

 

    

 

 

    

 

(250

Recovery of deferred income tax

         

 

(31

    

 

(9

Cloud computing transition adjustment

    

 

6

 

    

 

36

 

    

 

 

Other long-term assets, liabilities and miscellaneous

          

 

16

 

          

 

39

 

          

 

(333

Cash from operations before working capital changes

         

 

5,547

 

    

 

2,749

 

Changes in non-cash operating working capital:

              

Receivables

         

 

(1,669

    

 

145

 

Inventories

         

 

(1,459

    

 

85

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

         

 

(227

    

 

(10

Payables and accrued charges

                           

 

1,694

 

          

 

354

 

Cash provided by operating activities                            

 

3,886

 

          

 

3,323

 

Investing activities               

Capital expenditures 1

    

 

13, 14

 

    

 

(1,783

    

 

(1,549

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    

 

25

 

    

 

(88

    

 

(233

Proceeds from disposal of investment in MOPCO

    

 

6

 

    

 

 

    

 

540

 

Other

                           

 

64

 

          

 

38

 

Cash used in investing activities                            

 

(1,807

          

 

(1,204

Financing activities               

Transaction costs related to debt

         

 

(7

    

 

(15

Proceeds from (repayment of) short-term debt, net

    

 

17

 

    

 

1,344

 

    

 

(892

Proceeds from long-term debt

    

 

18

 

    

 

86

 

    

 

1,541

 

Repayment of long-term debt

    

 

18

 

    

 

(2,212

    

 

(509

Repayment of principal portion of lease liabilities

    

 

18, 19

 

    

 

(320

    

 

(274

Dividends paid to Nutrien’s shareholders

    

 

23

 

    

 

(1,045

    

 

(1,030

Repurchase of common shares

    

 

23

 

    

 

(1,035

    

 

(160

Issuance of common shares

    

 

23

 

    

 

200

 

    

 

 

Other

                           

 

(14

          

 

 

Cash used in financing activities                            

 

(3,003

          

 

(1,339

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                            

 

(31

          

 

3

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents          

 

(955

    

 

783

 

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of year                            

 

1,454

 

          

 

671

 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of year                            

 

499

 

          

 

1,454

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprised of:               

Cash

         

 

428

 

    

 

1,375

 

Short-term investments

                           

 

71

 

          

 

79

 

                             

 

499

 

          

 

1,454

 

Supplemental cash flows information               

Interest paid

         

 

491

 

    

 

498

 

Income taxes paid

         

 

435

 

    

 

156

 

Total cash outflow for leases

                           

 

393

 

          

 

345

 

 

1

Includes additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets of $1,676 and $107 (2020 – $1,423 and $126), respectively.

 

(See

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements)

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  79 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

                                        Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
(Loss) Income (“AOCI”)

 

                                           
  

 

    

 

    Number of
Common
Shares
      

 

  Share
Capital
      

 

  Contributed
Surplus
      

 

  Loss on
Currency
Translation
of Foreign
Operations
      

 

  Other       

 

  Total
AOCI
      

 

    Retained
Earnings
      

 

  Equity
Holders
of
Nutrien
(Note 2)
      

 

  Non-
Controlling
Interest
(Note 2)
      

 

  Total
Equity
 

Balance – December 31, 2019

   

 

572,942,809

 

   

 

15,771

 

   

 

248

 

   

 

(204

   

 

(47

   

 

(251

   

 

7,101

 

   

 

22,869

 

   

 

38

 

   

 

22,907

 

Net earnings

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

459

 

   

 

459

 

   

 

 

   

 

459

 

Other comprehensive income

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

142

 

   

 

52

 

   

 

194

 

   

 

 

   

 

194

 

   

 

 

   

 

194

 

Shares repurchased (Note 23)

   

 

(3,832,580

   

 

(105

   

 

(55

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(160

   

 

 

   

 

(160

Dividends declared (Note 23)

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1,029

   

 

(1,029

   

 

 

   

 

(1,029

Effect of share-based compensation including issuance of common shares

   

 

150,177

 

   

 

7

 

   

 

12

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

19

 

   

 

 

   

 

19

 

Transfer of net loss on cash flow hedges

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

13

 

   

 

13

 

   

 

 

   

 

13

 

   

 

 

   

 

13

 

Transfer of net actuarial gain on defined benefit plans

         

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

(75

     

 

(75

         

 

75

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2020

         

 

569,260,406

 

     

 

15,673

 

     

 

205

 

     

 

(62

     

 

(57

     

 

(119

         

 

6,606

 

     

 

22,365

 

     

 

38

 

     

 

22,403

 

Net earnings

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

3,153

 

   

 

3,153

 

   

 

26

 

   

 

3,179

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(114

   

 

193

 

   

 

79

 

   

 

 

   

 

79

 

   

 

(1

   

 

78

 

Shares repurchased (Note 23)

   

 

(15,982,154

   

 

(442

   

 

(47

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(616

   

 

(1,105

   

 

 

   

 

(1,105

Dividends declared (Note 23)

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1,046

   

 

(1,046

   

 

 

   

 

(1,046

Non-controlling interest transactions

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(16

   

 

(16

Effect of share-based compensation including issuance of common shares

   

 

4,424,437

 

   

 

226

 

   

 

(9

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

217

 

   

 

 

   

 

217

 

Transfer of net gain on cash flow hedges

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(11

   

 

(11

   

 

 

   

 

(11

   

 

 

   

 

(11

Transfer of net actuarial gain on defined benefit plans

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(95

   

 

(95

   

 

95

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Share cancellation (Note 23)

         

 

(210,173

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2021

         

 

557,492,516

 

     

 

15,457

 

     

 

149

 

     

 

(176

     

 

30

 

     

 

(146

         

 

8,192

 

     

 

23,652

 

     

 

47

 

     

 

23,699

 

(See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements)

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 80  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

As at December 31      

 

     NOTE       

 

     2021       

 

     2020  
                                      Note 2  

Assets

               

Current assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

          

 

499

 

    

 

1,454

 

Receivables

     

 

11

 

    

 

5,366

 

    

 

3,626

 

Inventories

     

 

12

 

    

 

6,328

 

    

 

4,930

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

                            

 

1,653

 

          

 

1,460

 

          

 

13,846

 

    

 

11,470

 

Non-current assets

               

Property, plant and equipment

     

 

13

 

    

 

20,016

 

    

 

19,660

 

Goodwill

     

 

14

 

    

 

12,220

 

    

 

12,198

 

Other intangible assets

     

 

14

 

    

 

2,340

 

    

 

2,388

 

Investments

     

 

15

 

    

 

703

 

    

 

562

 

Other assets

           

 

16

 

          

 

829

 

          

 

914

 

TOTAL ASSETS

                            

 

49,954

 

          

 

47,192

 

Liabilities

               

Current liabilities

               

Short-term debt

     

 

17

 

    

 

1,560

 

    

 

159

 

Current portion of long-term debt

     

 

18

 

    

 

545

 

    

 

14

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

     

 

19

 

    

 

286

 

    

 

249

 

Payables and accrued charges

           

 

20

 

          

 

10,052

 

          

 

8,058

 

          

 

12,443

 

    

 

8,480

 

Non-current liabilities

               

Long-term debt

     

 

18

 

    

 

7,521

 

    

 

10,047

 

Lease liabilities

     

 

19

 

    

 

934

 

    

 

891

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

     

 

8

 

    

 

3,165

 

    

 

3,149

 

Pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities

     

 

21

 

    

 

419

 

    

 

454

 

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

     

 

22

 

    

 

1,566

 

    

 

1,597

 

Other non-current liabilities

                            

 

207

 

          

 

171

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

                            

 

26,255

 

          

 

24,789

 

Shareholders’ Equity

               

Share capital

     

 

23

 

    

 

15,457

 

    

 

15,673

 

Contributed surplus

          

 

149

 

    

 

205

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

          

 

(146

    

 

(119

Retained earnings

                            

 

8,192

 

          

 

6,606

 

Equity holders of Nutrien

          

 

23,652

 

    

 

22,365

 

Non-controlling interest

                            

 

47

 

          

 

38

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                            

 

23,699

 

          

 

22,403

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                            

 

49,954

 

          

 

47,192

 

(See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements)

Approved by the Board of Directors,

 

LOGO    LOGO
Director    Director

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  81 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 1       DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Nutrien Ltd. (collectively with its subsidiaries, “Nutrien”, “we”, “us”, “our” or “the Company”) is the world’s largest provider of crop inputs and services. Nutrien plays a critical role in helping growers around the globe increase food production in a sustainable manner.

The Company is a corporation organized under the laws of Canada with its registered head office located at Suite 1700, 211 19th Street East, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada, S7K 5R6. As at December 31, 2021, the Company had assets as follows:

 

Segment

  Description
 

Nutrien

Ag Solutions

(“Retail”)

 

•  various retail facilities across the US, Canada, Australia and South America

 

•  private label and proprietary crop protection products and nutritionals

 

•  an innovative integrated digital platform for growers and crop consultants

 

•  financing solutions provider in support of Nutrien’s agricultural product and service sales

 

Potash

 

•  6 operations in the province of Saskatchewan

 

Nitrogen

 

•  8 production facilities in North America: 4 in Alberta, 1 in Georgia, 1 in Louisiana, 1 in Ohio and 1 in Texas

 

•  1 large-scale operation in Trinidad

 

•  5 upgrade facilities in North America: 3 in Alberta, 1 in Missouri and 1 in Washington

 

•  50 percent investment in Profertil S.A. (“Profertil”), a nitrogen producer based in Argentina

 

Phosphate

 

•  2 mines and processing plants: 1 in Florida and 1 in North Carolina

 

•  phosphate feed plants in Illinois, Missouri and Nebraska

 

•  1 industrial phosphoric acid plant in Ohio

 

Corporate and

Others

 

•  investment in Canpotex Limited (“Canpotex”), a Canadian potash export, sales and marketing company owned in equal shares by Nutrien and another potash producer

 

•  22 percent investment in Sinofert Holdings Limited (“Sinofert”), a fertilizer supplier and distributor in China

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 2       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). We have consistently applied the same accounting policies throughout all periods presented, as if these policies had always been in effect, with the exception of the accounting standards adopted effective January 1, 2021, as disclosed in Note 30.

Certain immaterial 2020 figures have been reclassified in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and consolidated balance sheets.

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on February 17, 2022.

Sensitivity analyses included throughout the notes should be used with caution as the changes are hypothetical and not reflective of future performance. The sensitivities have been calculated independently of changes in other key variables. Changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which could increase or reduce certain sensitivities. We prepared these consolidated financial statements under the historical cost basis, except for items that IFRS requires to be measured at fair value. Details of our accounting policies are primarily disclosed in Note 30. Reference to n/a indicates information is not applicable.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 82  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 3       SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company has four reportable operating segments: Nutrien Ag Solutions (“Retail”), Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate. The Retail segment distributes crop nutrients, crop protection products, seed and merchandise, and it provides services directly to growers through a network of farm centers in North America, South America and Australia. The Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate segments are differentiated by the chemical nutrient contained in the products that each produces.

The Executive Leadership Team (“ELT”), comprised of officers at the Executive Vice President level and above, is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM uses adjusted net earnings (loss) before finance costs, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) to measure performance and allocate resources to the operating segments. The CODM considers adjusted EBITDA to be a meaningful measure because it is not impacted by long-term investment and financing decisions, but rather focuses on the performance of our day-to-day operations. In addition, it excludes the impact of impairments and other costs that are centrally managed by our corporate function.

We determine the composition of the reportable segments based on factors including risks and returns, internal organization, and internal reports reviewed by the CODM. We allocate certain expenses across segments based on reasonable considerations such as production capacities or historical trends.

 

2021     

 

    Retail       

 

    Potash       

 

    Nitrogen       

 

    Phosphate       

 

    Corporate
and Others
      

 

    Eliminations       

 

    Consolidated  

Sales

 

– third party

   

 

17,665

 

   

 

4,021

 

   

 

4,216

 

   

 

1,810

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

27,712

 

   

– intersegment

         

 

69

 

         

 

386

 

         

 

921

 

         

 

236

 

         

 

 

         

 

(1,612

         

 

 

Sales

 

– total

   

 

17,734

 

   

 

4,407

 

   

 

5,137

 

   

 

2,046

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1,612

   

 

27,712

 

Freight, transportation and distribution

         

 

 

         

 

371

 

         

 

448

 

         

 

217

 

         

 

 

         

 

(185

         

 

851

 

Net sales

   

 

17,734

 

   

 

4,036

 

   

 

4,689

 

   

 

1,829

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1,427

   

 

26,861

 

Cost of goods sold

         

 

13,134

 

         

 

1,285

 

         

 

2,963

 

         

 

1,408

 

         

 

 

         

 

(1,338

         

 

17,452

 

Gross margin

   

 

4,600

 

   

 

2,751

 

   

 

1,726

 

   

 

421

 

   

 

 

   

 

(89

   

 

9,409

 

Selling expenses

   

 

3,124

 

   

 

9

 

   

 

24

 

   

 

6

 

   

 

(21

   

 

 

   

 

3,142

 

General and administrative expenses

   

 

168

 

   

 

8

 

   

 

15

 

   

 

11

 

   

 

275

 

   

 

 

   

 

477

 

Provincial mining taxes

   

 

 

   

 

466

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

466

 

Share-based compensation expense

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

198

 

   

 

 

   

 

198

 

Impairment of assets (Note 13)

   

 

 

   

 

7

 

   

 

22

 

   

 

4

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

33

 

Other expenses (income)

         

 

86

 

         

 

22

 

         

 

(64

         

 

15

 

         

 

253

 

         

 

 

         

 

312

 

Earnings (loss) before finance costs and income taxes

   

 

1,222

 

   

 

2,239

 

   

 

1,729

 

   

 

385

 

   

 

(705

   

 

(89

   

 

4,781

 

Depreciation and amortization

         

 

706

 

         

 

488

 

         

 

557

 

         

 

151

 

         

 

49

 

         

 

 

         

 

1,951

 

EBITDA 1

   

 

1,928

 

   

 

2,727

 

   

 

2,286

 

   

 

536

 

   

 

(656

   

 

(89

   

 

6,732

 

Integration and restructuring related costs

   

 

10

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

33

 

   

 

 

   

 

43

 

Share-based compensation expense

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

198

 

   

 

 

   

 

198

 

Impairment of assets (Note 13)

   

 

 

   

 

7

 

   

 

22

 

   

 

4

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

33

 

COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19”) related expenses

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

45

 

   

 

 

   

 

45

 

Foreign exchange loss, net of related derivatives

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

39

 

   

 

 

   

 

39

 

Cloud computing transition adjustment (Note 6)

         

 

1

 

         

 

2

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

33

 

         

 

 

         

 

36

 

Adjusted EBITDA

         

 

1,939

 

         

 

2,736

 

         

 

2,308

 

         

 

540

 

         

 

(308

         

 

(89

         

 

7,126

 

Assets

         

 

22,387

 

         

 

13,148

 

         

 

11,093

 

         

 

1,699

 

         

 

2,266

 

         

 

(639

         

 

49,954

 

 

1

EBITDA is calculated as net earnings (loss) before finance costs, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  83 

 

NOTE 3  SEGMENT INFORMATION CONTINUED

 

2020     

 

    Retail       

 

    Potash       

 

    Nitrogen       

 

    Phosphate       

 

    Corporate
and Others
      

 

    Eliminations       

 

    Consolidated  
Sales   – third party       14,748         2,265         2,572         1,241         82 1                20,908  
   

– intersegment

         

 

37

 

         

 

248

 

         

 

628

 

         

 

202

 

         

 

 

         

 

(1,115

         

 

 

Sales   – total       14,785         2,513         3,200         1,443         82         (1,115       20,908  

Freight, transportation and distribution

         

 

 

         

 

367

 

         

 

460

 

         

 

241

 

         

 

 

         

 

(213

         

 

855

 

Net sales       14,785         2,146         2,740         1,202         82         (902       20,053  

Cost of goods sold

         

 

11,049

 

         

 

1,183

 

         

 

2,265

 

         

 

1,166

 

         

 

74

 

         

 

(923

         

 

14,814

 

Gross margin

   

 

3,736

 

   

 

963

 

   

 

475

 

   

 

36

 

   

 

8

 

   

 

21

 

   

 

5,239

 

Selling expenses       2,795         9         27         6         (24               2,813  

General and administrative expenses

   

 

135

 

   

 

7

 

   

 

8

 

   

 

10

 

   

 

269

 

   

 

 

   

 

429

 

Provincial mining taxes               201         1                 2                 204  

Share-based compensation expense

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

69

 

   

 

 

   

 

69

 

Impairment of assets (Note 13)               23         27         769         5                 824  

Other expenses (income)

         

 

44

 

         

 

8

 

         

 

(288

         

 

6

 

         

 

228

 

         

 

 

         

 

(2

Earnings (loss) before finance costs and income taxes

      762         715         700         (755       (541       21         902  
Depreciation and amortization             668               452               599               218               52                             1,989  
EBITDA       1,430         1,167         1,299         (537       (489       21         2,891  
Integration and restructuring related costs                       4                 56                 60  
Share-based compensation expense                                       69                 69  
Impairment of assets (Note 13)               23         27         769         5                 824  

COVID-19 related expenses

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

48

 

   

 

 

   

 

48

 

Foreign exchange loss, net of related derivatives

                                      19                 19  

Loss on disposal of business

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

6

 

   

 

 

   

 

6

 

Net gain on disposal of investment in MOPCO (Note 6)

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

(250

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

(250

Adjusted EBITDA

         

 

1,430

 

         

 

1,190

 

         

 

1,080

 

         

 

232

 

         

 

(286

         

 

21

 

         

 

3,667

 

Assets 2

         

 

20,526

 

         

 

12,032

 

         

 

10,612

 

         

 

1,462

 

         

 

2,983

 

         

 

(423

         

 

47,192

 

 

1

Primarily relates to our non-core Canadian business, which was sold in 2020.

2

In 2021, we reassessed the appropriate segment wherein certain assets related to transportation, distribution and logistics should be categorized. After our evaluation was complete, we determined the assets should be categorized in the Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate segments.

Our Retail segment primarily generates revenue from sales of the following:

         
 

Crop nutrients

     

Dry and liquid macronutrient products including potash, nitrogen and phosphate, proprietary liquid micronutrient products, and nutrient application services.

 

Crop protection products

     

Various third-party supplier and proprietary products designed to maintain crop quality and manage plant diseases, weeds and other pests.

 

Seed

     

Various third-party supplier seed brands and proprietary seed product lines.

 

Merchandise

     

Fencing, feed supplements, livestock-related animal health products, storage and irrigation equipment, and other products.

 

Nutrien Financial

     

Financing solutions provided to Retail branches and customers in support of Nutrien’s agricultural product and service sales.

 

Services and other revenues

     

Product application, soil and leaf testing, crop scouting and precision agriculture services, and water services.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 84  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 3  SEGMENT INFORMATION CONTINUED

 

  

 

  Products    Sales prices impacted by
 

Potash

 

•  North American – primarily granular

 

•  Offshore (international) – primarily granular and standard

  

•  North American prices referenced at delivered prices (including transportation and distribution costs)

 

•  International prices pursuant to term and spot contract prices (excluding transportation and distribution costs)

 

Nitrogen

 

•  Ammonia, urea, urea ammonium nitrate, industrial grade ammonium nitrate and ammonium sulfate

  

•  Global energy costs and supply

 

Phosphate

 

•  Solid fertilizer, liquid fertilizer, industrial products and feed products

  

•  Global prices and supplies of ammonia and sulfur

 

  

 

     

 

   2021        

 

     2020  

Retail sales by product line

           

Crop nutrients

     

 

7,290

 

     

 

5,200

 

Crop protection products

     

 

6,333

 

     

 

5,602

 

Seed

     

 

2,008

 

     

 

1,790

 

Merchandise

     

 

1,033

 

     

 

943

 

Nutrien Financial

     

 

189

 

     

 

129

 

Services and other

     

 

1,051

 

     

 

1,241

 

Nutrien Financial elimination 1

       

 

(170

           

 

(120

         

 

17,734

 

           

 

14,785

 

Potash sales by geography

           

Manufactured product

           

North America

     

 

2,009

 

     

 

1,275

 

Offshore 2

       

 

2,398

 

           

 

1,238

 

         

 

4,407

 

           

 

2,513

 

Nitrogen sales by product line

           

Manufactured product

           

Ammonia

     

 

1,556

 

     

 

779

 

Urea

     

 

1,568

 

     

 

1,040

 

Solutions, nitrates and sulfates

     

 

1,274

 

     

 

816

 

Other nitrogen and purchased products

       

 

739

 

           

 

565

 

         

 

5,137

 

           

 

3,200

 

Phosphate sales by product line

           

Manufactured product

           

Fertilizer

     

 

1,250

 

     

 

838

 

Industrial and feed

     

 

574

 

     

 

454

 

Other phosphate and purchased products

       

 

222

 

           

 

151

 

         

 

2,046

 

           

 

1,443

 

 

1

Represents elimination for the interest and service fees charged by Nutrien Financial to Retail branches.

2

Relates to Canpotex (Note 28) and includes other revenue representing provisional pricing adjustments of $282 (2020 – $(32)).

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  85 

 

NOTE 3  SEGMENT INFORMATION CONTINUED

 

 

 

    

 

     Sales – Third Party 1        

 

     Non-Current Assets 2  
  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020        

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

United States

     

 

16,009

 

     

 

12,373

 

     

 

15,095

 

     

 

15,268

 

Canada

     

 

3,094

 

     

 

2,565

 

     

 

17,766

 

     

 

17,435

 

Australia

     

 

3,591

 

     

 

3,231

 

     

 

1,202

 

     

 

1,305

 

Canpotex (Note 28)

     

 

2,398

 

     

 

1,238

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

Trinidad

     

 

258

 

     

 

101

 

     

 

638

 

     

 

644

 

Brazil

     

 

567

 

     

 

284

 

     

 

391

 

     

 

284

 

Other

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,795

 3 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,116

 3 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

340

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

280

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

27,712

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

20,908

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

35,432

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

35,216

 

 

1

Sales by location of customers.

2

Excludes financial instruments (other than equity-accounted investees), deferred tax assets and post-employment benefit assets.

3

Other third-party sales primarily relate to Argentina of $526 (2020 – $372), Europe of $236 (2020 – $183) and Others of $1,033 (2020 – $561).

 

Canpotex Sales by market (%)      

 

   2021        

 

     2020  

Latin America

     

 

38

 

     

 

32

 

China

     

 

11

 

     

 

22

 

India

     

 

6

 

     

 

14

 

Other Asian markets

     

 

35

 

     

 

25

 

Other markets

       

 

10

 

           

 

7

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 4       NATURE OF EXPENSES

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Purchased and produced raw materials and product for resale 1

     

 

14,711

 

     

 

12,110

 

Depreciation and amortization

     

 

1,951

 

     

 

1,989

 

Employee costs 2

     

 

3,007

 

     

 

2,450

 

Freight

     

 

1,023

 

     

 

963

 

Impairment of assets (Note 13)

     

 

33

 

     

 

824

 

Provincial mining taxes 3

     

 

466

 

     

 

204

 

Integration and restructuring related costs

     

 

43

 

     

 

60

 

Contract services

     

 

590

 

     

 

617

 

Lease expense 4

     

 

81

 

     

 

60

 

Fleet fuel, repairs and maintenance

     

 

302

 

     

 

222

 

COVID-19 related expenses (Note 6)

     

 

45

 

     

 

48

 

Cloud computing transition adjustment (Note 6)

     

 

36

 

     

 

 

Net gain on disposal of investment in MOPCO (Note 6)

     

 

 

     

 

(250

Other

           

 

643

 

           

 

709

 

Total cost of goods sold and expenses

           

 

22,931

 

           

 

20,006

 

 

1

Significant expenses include: supplies, energy, fuel, purchases of raw material (natural gas – feedstock, sulfur, ammonia and reagents) and product for resale (crop nutrients and protection products, and seed).

2

Includes salaries and wages, employee benefits, and share-based compensation.

3

Includes Saskatchewan potash production tax, and Saskatchewan resource surcharge of $341 and $125 (2020 – $86 and $118), respectively, as required under Saskatchewan provincial legislation.

4

Includes lease expense relating to short-term leases, leases of low value and variable lease payments.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 86  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 5          SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

We have share-based compensation plans for eligible employees and directors as part of their remuneration package, including Stock Options, Performance Share Units (“PSUs”), Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) and Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”).

 

Plans

  Eligibility   Granted   Vesting Period   Maximum Term   Settlement
 

Stock Options

 

Officers and eligible employees

 

Annually

 

25 percent per year over four years

 

10 years

 

Shares 1

 

PSUs

 

Officers and eligible employees

 

Annually

 

On third anniversary of grant date based on total shareholder return over a three-year performance cycle, compared to average total shareholder return of a peer group of companies over the same period

 

Not applicable

 

Cash

 

RSUs

 

Eligible employees

 

Annually

 

On third anniversary of grant date and not subject to performance conditions

 

Not applicable

 

Cash

 

DSUs

 

Non-executive directors

 

At the discretion of the Board of Directors

 

Fully vest upon grant

 

Not applicable

 

Cash 2

 

Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) / Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights (“TSARs”) 3

 

Awards no longer granted; legacy awards only

 

Awards no longer granted; legacy awards only

 

25 percent per year over four years

 

10 years

 

Cash

 

1

Stock options may also be settled by cash settlement or, if approved by the Company, by a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” arrangement or a “net exercise” arrangement.

2

Directors can redeem their DSUs for cash only when they leave the Board of Directors for an amount equal to the market value of the common shares at the time of redemption or as mandated by the Nutrien DSU Plan.

3

Holders of TSARs have the ability to choose between (a) receiving in cash the price of our shares on the date of exercise in excess of the exercise price of the right or (b) receiving common shares by paying the exercise price of the right. Our past experience and future expectation is that substantially all TSAR holders will elect to choose the first option.

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted was estimated as of the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options per unit granted in 2021 was $11.77 (2020 – $7.18). The weighted average assumptions by year of grant that impacted current year results are as follows:

 

 

 

    

 

  Year of Grant  
Assumptions    Based On   2021      2020  

Exercise price per option

  

Quoted market closing price of common shares on the last trading day immediately preceding the date of the grant

 

 

56.64

 

  

 

42.23

 

Expected annual dividend yield (%)

  

Annualized dividend rate as of the date of the grant

 

 

3.22

 

  

 

4.36

 

Expected volatility (%)

  

Historical volatility of Nutrien’s shares over a period commensurate with the expected life of the grant

 

 

29

 

  

 

29

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)

  

Zero-coupon government issues implied yield available on equivalent remaining term at the time of the grant

 

 

1.11

 

  

 

1.51

 

Average expected life of options (years)

  

Historical experience

 

 

8.5

 

  

 

8.5

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  87 

 

NOTE 5  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION CONTINUED

 

 

 

    

 

     Number of Shares Subject to Option        

 

     Weighted Average Exercise Price  
  

 

     

 

       2021               2020        

 

       2021               2020  

Outstanding – beginning of year

     

 

10,997,892

 

     

 

9,191,480

 

     

 

53.59

 

     

 

56.88

 

Granted

     

 

1,518,490

 

     

 

2,293,802

 

     

 

56.62

 

     

 

42.23

 

Exercised

     

 

(4,336,682

     

 

(123,403

     

 

45.24

 

     

 

42.24

 

Forfeited or cancelled

     

 

(375,005

     

 

(34,506

     

 

50.34

 

     

 

57.45

 

Expired

           

 

(1,059,975

           

 

(329,481

           

 

85.66

 

     

 

75.92

 

Outstanding – end of year

           

 

6,744,720

 

           

 

10,997,892

 

           

 

54.87

 

           

 

53.59

 

The aggregate grant date fair value of all stock options granted in 2021 was $18. The average share price in 2021 was $61.26 per share.

The following table summarizes information about our stock options outstanding as at December 31, 2021, with expiry dates ranging from May 2022 to February 2031:

 

 

 

    

 

     Options Outstanding        

 

     Options Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices      

 

     Number             Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life in Years
            Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
       

 

     Number             Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$37.84 to $41.77

     

 

564,087

 

     

 

4

 

     

 

39.01

 

     

 

564,087

 

     

 

39.01

 

$41.78 to $43.36

     

 

1,559,353

 

     

 

7

 

     

 

42.23

 

     

 

142,206

 

     

 

42.23

 

$43.37 to $50.22

     

 

1,049,233

 

     

 

5

 

     

 

45.40

 

     

 

820,061

 

     

 

45.65

 

$50.23 to $55.08

     

 

1,178,225

 

     

 

5

 

     

 

53.11

 

     

 

671,391

 

     

 

52.78

 

$55.09 to $67.05

     

 

1,295,328

 

     

 

8

 

     

 

55.62

 

     

 

 1 

     

 

 

$67.06 to $109.45

           

 

1,098,494

 

     

 

2

 

     

 

89.85

 

     

 

1,098,494

 

     

 

89.85

 

             

 

6,744,720

 

           

 

5

 

           

 

54.87

 

           

 

3,296,239

 

           

 

60.55

 

 

1

Options granted in this range of exercise prices have not yet met the vesting period.

 

 

 

    

 

    

Units Granted

in 2021

           

Units Outstanding

as at December 31, 2021

            Compensation Expense  
  

 

     

 

    

 

2021

           

 

2020

 

Stock Options

     

 

1,518,490

 

     

 

6,744,720

 

     

 

14

 

     

 

14

 

PSUs

     

 

757,212

 

     

 

2,174,490

 

     

 

104

 

     

 

31

 

RSUs

     

 

537,867

 

     

 

1,447,292

 

     

 

47

 

     

 

22

 

DSUs

     

 

27,478

 

     

 

373,779

 

     

 

12

 

     

 

2

 

SARs/TSARs

           

 

 

           

 

504,217

 

           

 

21

 

           

 

 

                                                 

 

198

 

           

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 88  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 6       OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME)

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Integration and restructuring related costs

     

 

43

 

     

 

60

 

Foreign exchange loss, net of related derivatives

     

 

42

 

     

 

18

 

Earnings of equity-accounted investees

     

 

(89

     

 

(73

Bad debt expense

     

 

26

 

     

 

6

 

COVID-19 related expenses (Note 30)

     

 

45

 

     

 

48

 

Cloud computing transition adjustment

     

 

36

 

     

 

 

Loss on disposal of business

     

 

 

     

 

6

 

Net gain on disposal of investment in MOPCO

     

 

 

     

 

(250

Other expenses

           

 

209

 

           

 

183

 

             

 

          312

 

           

 

(2

In 2021, the IFRS Interpretations Committee published a final agenda decision that clarified how to recognize certain configuration and customization expenditures related to cloud computing with retrospective application. Costs that do not meet the capitalization criteria should be expensed as incurred. We changed our accounting policy to align with the interpretation and previously capitalized costs that no longer qualify for capitalization were expensed in the current period since they were not material.

In 2020, as a result of a strategic decision, we disposed our equity-accounted investment in MOPCO, a nitrogen producer based in Egypt. We received cash consideration of $540 for the disposal of the investment and settlement of legal claims that resulted in a gain of $250.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 7       FINANCE COSTS

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Interest expense

           

Short-term debt

     

 

60

 

     

 

50

 

Long-term debt

     

 

415

 

     

 

392

 

Lease liabilities (Note 19)

     

 

33

 

     

 

34

 

COVID-19 related

     

 

 

     

 

19

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt (Note 18)

     

 

142

 

     

 

 

Unwinding of discount on asset retirement obligations (Note 22)

     

 

(9

     

 

33

 

Interest on net defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plan obligations (Note 21)

     

 

9

 

     

 

13

 

Borrowing costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment

     

 

(29

     

 

(20

Interest income

           

 

(8

           

 

(1

             

 

          613

 

           

 

520

 

Borrowing costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment in 2021 were calculated by applying an average capitalization rate of 4.1 percent (2020 – 3.9 percent) to expenditures on qualifying assets.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  89 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 8       INCOME TAXES

Income Taxes Included in Net Earnings

We operate in a specialized industry and in several tax jurisdictions; as a result, our earnings are subject to various rates of taxation.

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Current income tax

           

Tax expense (recovery) for current year

     

 

        1,033

 

     

 

(38

Adjustments in respect of prior years

           

 

(13

           

 

(30

Total current income tax expense (recovery)

           

 

1,020

 

           

 

(68

Deferred income tax

           

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     

 

(30

     

 

72

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     

 

6

 

     

 

(58

Change in recognition of tax losses and deductible temporary differences

     

 

(6

     

 

(20

Impact of tax rate changes

           

 

(1

           

 

(3

Total deferred income tax recovery

           

 

(31

           

 

(9

Income tax expense (recovery) included in net earnings

           

 

989

 

           

 

(77

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount that would have resulted from applying the Canadian statutory income tax rates to earnings (loss) before income taxes as follows:

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

           

Canada

     

 

1,884

 

     

 

525

 

United States

     

 

1,319

 

     

 

(506

Trinidad

     

 

256

 

     

 

(44

Australia

     

 

204

 

     

 

83

 

Other

           

 

505

 

           

 

324

 

             

 

        4,168

 

           

 

382

 

Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rate (%)

           

 

27

 

           

 

27

 

Income tax at statutory rates

     

 

1,125

 

     

 

103

 

Adjusted for the effect of:

           

Impact of foreign tax rates

     

 

(98

     

 

(18

Production-related deductions

     

 

(24

     

 

(12

Non-taxable income

     

 

(18

     

 

(59

Change in recognition of tax losses and deductible temporary differences

     

 

(6

     

 

(20

Recovery of prior year taxes due to US legislative changes

     

 

(4

     

 

(94

Non-deductible expenses

     

 

12

 

     

 

13

 

Foreign accrual property income

     

 

2

 

     

 

7

 

Other

           

 

 

           

 

3

 

Income tax expense (recovery) included in net earnings

           

 

989

 

           

 

(77

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 90  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 8  INCOME TAXES CONTINUED

Deferred Income Taxes

In respect of each type of temporary difference, unused tax loss and unused tax credit, the amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31 and the amount of the deferred tax (recovery) expense recognized in net earnings were:

 

 

 

    

 

     Deferred Income Tax (Assets)
Liabilities
       

 

    

Deferred Income Tax (Recovery)

Expense Recognized in Net
Earnings

 
  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020        

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Deferred income tax assets

                       

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

     

 

(354

     

 

(376

     

 

21

 

     

 

                20

 

Tax loss and other carryforwards

     

 

(297

     

 

(370

     

 

75

 

     

 

(98

Pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities

     

 

(178

     

 

(161

     

 

(45

     

 

(12

Lease liabilities

     

 

(151

     

 

(201

     

 

47

 

     

 

26

 

Long-term debt

     

 

(140

     

 

(102

     

 

(39

     

 

3

 

Inventories

     

 

(126

     

 

(37

     

 

(90

     

 

20

 

Receivables

     

 

(44

     

 

(50

     

 

6

 

     

 

2

 

Payables and accrued charges

     

 

(14

     

 

 

     

 

(14

     

 

25

 

Other assets

     

 

(1

     

 

(12

     

 

11

 

     

 

17

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

                       

Property, plant and equipment

     

 

3,765

 

     

 

3,637

 

     

 

132

 

     

 

(12

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     

 

404

 

     

 

471

 

     

 

(64

     

 

(67

Payables and accrued charges

     

 

 

     

 

72

 

     

 

(72

     

 

72

 

Other liabilities

           

 

39

 

           

 

36

 

           

 

1

 

           

 

(5

             

 

2,903

 

           

 

2,907

 

           

 

(31

           

 

(9

Reconciliation of net deferred income tax liabilities:

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Balance – beginning of year

     

 

        2,907

 

     

 

2,896

 

Income tax recovery recognized in net earnings

     

 

(31

     

 

(9

Income tax charge recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”)

     

 

30

 

     

 

                         17

 

Other

           

 

(3

           

 

3

 

Balance – end of year

           

 

2,903

 

           

 

2,907

 

Amounts and expiry dates of unused tax losses and unused tax credits as at December 31, 2021, were:

 

  

 

     

 

     Amount        

 

     Expiry Date  

Unused federal operating losses

     

 

1,206

 

     

 

2022 – Indefinite

 

Unused federal capital losses

  

 

 

 

  

 

589

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

Indefinite

 

Unused investment tax credits

           

 

22

 

           

 

2022 – 2040

 

The unused tax losses and credits with no expiry dates can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  91 

 

NOTE 8  INCOME TAXES CONTINUED

As at December 31, 2021, we had $742 of federal tax losses for which we did not recognize deferred tax assets.

We have determined that it is probable that all recognized deferred tax assets will be realized through a combination of future reversals of temporary differences and taxable income.

We did not recognize deferred tax liabilities related to temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and equity-accounted investees amounting to $10,241 as at December 31, 2021 (2020 – $8,911).

In 2021, previously unrecognized operating losses were recognized due to a revised estimate of future taxable profits resulting in an increase in deferred tax assets of $6. In 2020, previously unrecognized capital losses were utilized primarily as a result of the net gain on disposal of investment in MOPCO. In addition, as a result of the non-cash impairment of assets relating to our property, plant and equipment at White Springs, management revised its estimate of future taxable profits and derecognized deferred tax assets related to Florida tax losses and deductible temporary differences. In aggregate, the net decrease in unrecognized deferred tax assets in 2020 was $20.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 9       NET EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

  

 

   2021      2020  

Weighted average number of common shares

  

 

569,664,000

 

  

 

569,657,000

 

Dilutive effect of stock options

  

 

1,625,000

 

  

 

29,000

 

Weighted average number of diluted common shares

  

 

571,289,000

 

  

 

569,686,000

 

Options excluded from the calculation of diluted net earnings per share due to the option exercise prices being greater than the average market price of common shares were as follows:

 

  

 

   2021      2020  

Number of options excluded

  

 

2,393,822

 

  

 

9,875,797

 

Performance option plan years fully excluded 1

  

 

2012 – 2015

 

  

 

2011 – 2017

 

Stock option plan years fully excluded

  

 

2021

 

  

 

2015, 2017 – 2020

 

 

1

Previously granted under a legacy long-term incentive plan.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 92  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 10       FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED RISK MANAGEMENT

Our ELT, along with the Board of Directors (including Board of Directors committees), is responsible for monitoring our risk exposures and managing our policies to address these risks. Our strategic and risk management processes are integrated to ensure we understand the benefit from the relationship between strategy, risk and value creation. Outlined below are our risk management strategies we have developed to mitigate the financial market risks that we are exposed to.

 

Credit Risk

 

Risk Management Strategies

 

Receivables from customers

 

•  establish credit approval policies and procedures for new and existing customers

 

•  extend credit to qualified customers through:

•  review of credit agency reports, financial statements and/or credit references, as available

 

•  review of existing customer accounts every 12 to 24 months based on the credit limit amounts

 

•  evaluation of customer and country risk for international customers

 

•  establish credit period:

•  15 and 30 days for wholesale fertilizer customers

 

•  30 days for industrial and feed customers

 

•  30 to 360 days for Retail customers, including Nutrien Financial

 

•  up to 180 days for select export sales customers, including Canpotex

 

•  transact on a cash basis with certain customers who may not meet specified benchmark creditworthiness or cannot provide other evidence of ability to pay

 

•  execute agency arrangements with financial institutions or other partners with which we have only a limited recourse involvement

 

•  sell receivables to financial institutions which substantially transfer the risks and rewards

 

•  set eligibility requirements for Nutrien Financial to limit the risk of the receivables

 

•  may require security over certain crop or livestock inventories

 

•  set up provision using the lifetime expected credit loss method considering all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. Receivables are grouped based on days past due and/or customer credit risk profile. Estimated losses on receivables are based on known troubled accounts and historical experience of losses incurred. Receivables are considered to be in default and are written off against the allowance when it is probable that all remaining contractual payments due will not be collected in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

 

Cash and cash equivalents and other receivables

 

•  require acceptable minimum counterparty credit ratings

 

•  limit counterparty or credit exposure

 

•  select counterparties with investment-grade quality

 

LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  93 

 

NOTE 10  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

Maximum exposure to credit risk as at December 31:

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Cash and cash equivalents

     

 

499

 

     

 

1,454

 

Receivables (excluding income tax receivable)

           

 

5,143

 

           

 

3,543

 

             

 

5,642

 

           

 

4,997

 

 

Risk

 

Risk Management Strategies

 

Liquidity

 

•  establish an external borrowing policy to maintain sufficient liquid financial resources to fund our operations and meet our commitments and obligations in a cost-effective manner

 

•  maintain an optimal capital structure

 

•  maintain investment-grade credit ratings that provide ease of access to the debt capital and commercial paper markets

 

•  maintain sufficient short-term credit availability

 

•  uphold long-term relationships with a sufficient number of high-quality and diverse lenders Refer to Note 17 for our available credit facilities.

The following maturity analysis of our financial liabilities and gross settled derivative contracts (for which the cash flows are settled simultaneously) is based on the expected undiscounted contractual cash flows from the date of the consolidated balance sheets to the contractual maturity date.

 

2021    Carrying Amount
of Liability as at
December 31
    

Contractual
Cash

Flows

     Within
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
 

Short-term debt 1

  

 

1,560

 

  

 

1,560

 

  

 

1,560

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Payables and accrued charges 2

  

 

8,861

 

  

 

8,861

 

  

 

8,861

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Long-term debt, including current portion 1

  

 

8,066

 

  

 

13,071

 

  

 

890

 

  

 

1,163

 

  

 

1,678

 

  

 

9,340

 

Lease liabilities, including current portion 1

  

 

1,220

 

  

 

1,375

 

  

 

313

 

  

 

423

 

  

 

227

 

  

 

412

 

Derivatives

  

 

20

 

  

 

20

 

  

 

20

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

19,727

 

  

 

24,887

 

  

 

11,644

 

  

 

1,586

 

  

 

1,905

 

  

 

9,752

 

 

1

Contractual cash flows include contractual interest payments related to debt obligations and lease liabilities. Interest rates on debt with variable rates are based on the prevailing rates as at December 31, 2021.

2

Excludes non-financial liabilities and includes payables of approximately $1.7 billion related to our prepaid inventory to secure product discounts. We consider these payables to be part of our working capital. For these payables, we participated in arrangements where the vendors sold their right to receive payment to financial institutions without extending the original payment terms. These payables were paid in January 2022.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Risk Management Strategies

 

Foreign currency denominated accounts

 

•  execute foreign currency derivative contracts within certain prescribed limits for both forecast operating and capital expenditures to manage the earnings impact, including those related to our equity-accounted investees, that could occur from a reasonably possible strengthening or weakening of the US dollar

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 94  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 10  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

The fair value of our net foreign exchange currency derivative assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2021 was $1 (2020 – $14). The following table presents the significant foreign currency derivatives that existed at December 31:

 

 

 

   2021      2020  
Sell/buy    Notional      Maturities      Average
contract
rate
     Notional      Maturities      Average  
contract  
rate  
 

Derivatives not designated as hedges

                 

Forwards

                 

USD/CAD 1

  

 

522

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.2799

 

  

 

514

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.2796 

 

CAD/USD

  

 

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

 

  

 

126

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.2804 

 

USD/AUD 2

  

 

19

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.3841

 

  

 

28

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.3661 

 

AUD/USD

  

 

113

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.3860

 

  

 

92

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.3640 

 

BRL 3/USD

  

 

135

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

5.4519

 

  

 

31

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

4.2879 

 

Options

                 

USD/CAD – buy USD puts

  

 

20

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.2500

 

  

 

70

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.3147 

 

USD/CAD – sell USD calls

  

 

20

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.2600

 

  

 

55

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.3665 

 

AUD/USD – buy USD calls

  

 

71

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.4060

 

  

 

61

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.3216 

 

AUD/USD – sell USD puts

  

 

72

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.3797

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

– 

 

Derivatives designated as hedges

                 

Forwards

                 

USD/CAD

  

 

343

 

  

 

2022

 

  

 

1.2547

 

  

 

254

 

  

 

2021

 

  

 

1.3190 

 

 

1

Canadian dollars

2

Australian dollars

3

Brazilian real

 

  Market Risks   Type    Risk Management Strategies      

 

 

Interest rate

  Short-term and long-term debt   

•  use a portfolio of fixed and floating rate instruments

 

•  align current and long-term assets with demand and fixed-term debt

 

•  monitor the effects of market changes in interest rates

 

•  use interest rate swaps, if desired

   We do not believe we have material exposure to interest or price risk on our financial instruments as at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Price

  Natural gas derivative instruments   

•  diversify our forecast gas volume requirements, including a portion of annual requirements purchased at spot market prices, a portion at fixed prices (up to 10 years) and a portion indexed to the market price of ammonia

 

•  acquire a reliable supply of natural gas feedstock and fuel on a location-adjusted, cost-competitive basis

Price

  Investment at fair value   

•  ensure the security of principal amounts invested

 

•  provide for an adequate degree of liquidity

 

•  achieve a satisfactory return

In 2020, we entered into cash flow hedges on our interest rate derivative contracts that matured in the same year and had a total notional amount of $680.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  95 

 

NOTE 10  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

Fair Value

Financial instruments included in the consolidated balance sheets are measured either at fair value or amortized cost. The following tables explain the valuation methods used to determine the fair value of each financial instrument and its associated level in the fair value hierarchy.

 

  Financial Instruments at Fair Value   Fair Value Method
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  Carrying amount (approximation to fair value assumed due to short-term nature)
 

Equity securities

  Closing bid price of the common shares as at the balance sheet date
 

Debt securities

  Closing bid price of the debt or other instruments with similar terms and credit risk (Level 2) as at the balance sheet date
 

Foreign currency derivatives not traded in an active market

  Quoted forward exchange rates (Level 2) as at the balance sheet date
 

Foreign exchange forward contracts, swaps and options and natural gas swaps not traded in an active market

  Based on a discounted cash flow model. Inputs included contractual cash flows based on prices for natural gas futures contracts, fixed prices and notional volumes specified by the swap contracts, the time value of money, liquidity risk, our own credit risk (related to instruments in a liability position) and counterparty credit risk (related to instruments in an asset position). Futures contract prices used as inputs in the model were supported by prices quoted in an active market and therefore categorized in Level 2.

 

  Financial Instruments at Amortized Cost   Fair Value Method
 

Receivables, short-term debt and payables and accrued charges

  Carrying amount (approximation to fair value assumed due to short-term nature)
 

Long-term debt

  Quoted market prices (Level 1 or 2 depending on the market liquidity of the debt)
 

Other long-term debt instruments

  Carrying amount

The following table presents our fair value hierarchy for financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis or measured at amortized cost and require fair value disclosure:

 

 

 

   2021      2020  
Financial assets (liabilities) measured at   

Carrying

Amount

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Carrying

Amount

     Level 1      Level 2  

Fair value on a recurring basis 1

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

  

 

499

 

  

 

 

  

 

499

 

  

 

 

  

 

1,454

 

  

 

 

  

 

1,454

 

Derivative instrument assets

  

 

19

 

  

 

 

  

 

19

 

  

 

 

  

 

45

 

  

 

 

  

 

45

 

Other current financial assets – marketable securities 2

  

 

134

 

  

 

19

 

  

 

115

 

  

 

 

  

 

161

 

  

 

24

 

  

 

137

 

Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) (Note 15)

  

 

244

 

  

 

234

 

  

 

 

  

 

10

 

  

 

153

 

  

 

153

 

  

 

 

Derivative instrument liabilities

  

 

(20

  

 

 

  

 

(20

  

 

 

  

 

(48

  

 

 

  

 

(48

Amortized cost

                    

Current portion of long-term debt

                    

Notes and debentures

  

 

(500

  

 

(506

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Fixed and floating rate debt

  

 

(45

  

 

 

  

 

(45

  

 

 

  

 

(14

  

 

 

  

 

(14

Long-term debt

                    

Notes and debentures

  

 

(7,424

  

 

(4,021

  

 

(4,709

  

 

 

  

 

(9,994

  

 

(3,801

  

 

(7,955

Fixed and floating rate debt

  

 

(97

  

 

 

  

 

(97

  

 

 

  

 

(53

  

 

 

  

 

(53

 

1

During 2021 and 2020, there were no transfers between levelling for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Our policy is to recognize transfers at the end of the reporting period.

2

Marketable securities consist of equity and fixed income securities.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 96  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 11       RECEIVABLES

 

  

 

   Segment    2021      2020  

Receivables from customers

        

Third parties

  

Retail (Nutrien Financial) 1

  

 

2,178

 

  

 

1,417

 

  

Retail

  

 

977

 

  

 

1,158

 

  

Potash, Nitrogen, Phosphate

  

 

804

 

  

 

391

 

Related party – Canpotex

  

Potash (Note 28)

  

 

828

 

  

 

122

 

Less allowance for expected credit losses of receivables from customers

    

 

  

 

(82

  

 

(69

     

 

4,705

 

  

 

3,019

 

Rebates

     

 

222

 

  

 

256

 

Income taxes (Note 8)

     

 

223

 

  

 

83

 

Other receivables

    

 

  

 

216

 

  

 

268

 

    

 

5,366

 

  

 

3,626

 

 

1

Includes $1,792 of very low risk of default and $386 of low risk of default (2020 – $1,147 of very low risk of default and $270 of low risk of default).

 

Qualifying receivables from customers financed by Nutrien Financial represents high-quality receivables from customers that have been rated very low to low risk of default among Retail’s receivables from customers.

Customer credit with a financial institution of $405 at December 31, 2021, related to our agency agreement, is not recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. Through the agency agreement, we only have a limited recourse involvement to the extent of an indemnification of the financial institution to a maximum of 5 percent (2020 – 5 percent) of the qualified customer loans. Historical indemnification losses on this arrangement have been negligible, and the average aging of the customer loans with the financial institution is current.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  97 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 12       INVENTORIES

 

  

 

   2021      2020  

Product purchased for resale

  

 

4,889

 

  

 

3,655

 

Finished products

  

 

410

 

  

 

384

 

Intermediate products

  

 

206

 

  

 

227

 

Raw materials

  

 

337

 

  

 

215

 

Materials and supplies

  

 

486

 

  

 

449

 

    

 

6,328

 

  

 

4,930

 

Inventories expensed to cost of goods sold during the year were $17,243 (2020 – $14,347).

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 13       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The majority of our tangible assets are buildings, machinery and equipment used to produce or distribute our products and render our services. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets primarily include railcars, marine vessels, real estate and mobile equipment.

 

LOGO

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 98  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 13  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

 

  

 

  Land and
Improvements
    Buildings and
Improvements
    Machinery
and
Equipment
    Mine
Development
Costs
    Assets Under
Construction
    Total  
Useful life range (years)     4 – 85       1 – 65       1 – 80       1 –60       n/a          
Carrying amount – December 31, 2020     1,090       6,305       10,336       723       1,206       19,660  
Acquisitions (Note 25)     2       3       5                   10  
Additions     7       18       97             1,646       1,768  
Additions – ROU assets           140       238                   378  
Disposals     (29     (21     (35           (1     (86
Transfers     38       142       874       145       (1,199      
Foreign currency translation and other     2       (34     (41     55       (83     (101
Depreciation     (35     (191     (991     (70           (1,287
Depreciation – ROU assets     (2     (57     (248                 (307
Impairment                 (14           (5     (19
Carrying amount – December 31, 2021     1,073       6,305       10,221       853       1,564       20,016  
Balance – December 31, 2021 comprised of:            

Cost

    1,547       8,584       20,627       2,496       1,564       34,818  

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    (474     (2,279     (10,406     (1,643           (14,802
Carrying amount – December 31, 2021     1,073       6,305       10,221       853       1,564       20,016  
Balance – December 31, 2021 comprised of:            

Owned property, plant and equipment

    1,044       5,930       9,517       853       1,564       18,908  

ROU assets

    29       375       704                   1,108  
Carrying amount – December 31, 2021     1,073       6,305       10,221       853       1,564       20,016  
Carrying amount – December 31, 2019     1,160       6,409       10,641       747       1,378       20,335  
Acquisitions (Note 25)     8       27       42                   77  
Additions     25       91       224       1       1,077       1,418  
Additions – ROU assets           24       299                   323  
Disposals     (5     (9     (34                 (48
Transfers     46       58       923       164       (1,191      
Foreign currency translation and other     (15           30       30       (10     35  
Depreciation     (39     (198     (1,060     (82           (1,379
Depreciation – ROU assets     (2     (55     (222                 (279
Impairment     (88     (42     (507     (137     (48     (822
Carrying amount – December 31, 2020     1,090       6,305       10,336       723       1,206       19,660  
Balance – December 31, 2020 comprised of:            

Cost

    1,530       8,377       19,730       2,279       1,206       33,122  

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    (440     (2,072     (9,394     (1,556           (13,462
Carrying amount – December 31, 2020     1,090       6,305       10,336       723       1,206       19,660  
Balance – December 31, 2020 comprised of:            

Owned property, plant and equipment

    1,061       5,986       9,665       723       1,206       18,641  

ROU assets

    29       319       671                   1,019  
Carrying amount – December 31, 2020     1,090       6,305       10,336       723       1,206       19,660  

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  99 

 

NOTE 13  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment was included in the following:

 

  

 

   2021      2020  
Freight, transportation and distribution      133        138  
Cost of goods sold      1,052        1,111  
Selling expenses      416        393  
General and administrative expenses      36        56  
Depreciation recorded in earnings      1,637        1,698  
Depreciation recorded in inventory      112        132  

Impairment

In 2020, we recorded the following impairments:

 

Cash-generating units (“CGUs”)    Aurora      White Springs  

Segment

  

 

Phosphate                             

 

Impairment indicator

  

 

Lower long-term forecasted global phosphate prices

 

Pre-tax impairment loss ($)

  

 

545

 

  

 

215

 

Pre-tax recoverable amount ($)

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

160

 

Post-tax recoverable amount ($)

  

 

995

 

  

 

n/a

 

Valuation technique

  

 

Fair value less costs of disposal
(“FVLCD”) a Level 3 measurement

 
 

  

 

Value in use (“VIU”

Key assumptions

     

End of mine life (proven and probable reserves) (year)

  

 

2050

 

  

 

2029

 

Pre-tax discount rate (%)

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

16.0

 

Post-tax discount rate (%)

  

 

10.5

 

  

 

12.0

 

For our Aurora CGU, the recoverable amount was based on after-tax discounted cash flows (using a five-year projection and a terminal year thereafter to the expected mine life), which incorporated assumptions an independent market participant would apply. For our White Springs CGU, the recoverable amount was based on pre-tax discounted cash flows until the end of the mine life. There were no reversals of impairment in 2021.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 100  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 14       GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

    

 

     Other Intangibles  
  

 

   Goodwill      Customer
Relationships 2
     Technology     Trade
Names
     Other     Total  

Useful life range (years)

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

5 – 15

 

  

 

2 – 24

 

 

 

1 – 20

 3 

  

 

1 – 30

 

       

Carrying amount – December 31, 2020

  

 

12,198

 

  

 

1,515

 

  

 

437

 

 

 

75

 

  

 

361

 

 

 

2,388

 

Acquisitions (Note 25)

  

 

77

 

  

 

16

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

16

 

Additions – internally developed

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

118

 

 

 

19

 

  

 

9

 

 

 

146

 

Foreign currency translation and other

  

 

(49

  

 

(15

  

 

143

 

 

 

(3

  

 

13

 

 

 

138

 

Disposals

  

 

(6

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Cloud computing transition adjustment (Note 6)

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(34

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(34

Amortization 1

  

 

 

  

 

(166

  

 

(69

 

 

(11

  

 

(68

 

 

(314

Carrying amount – December 31, 2021

  

 

12,220

 

  

 

1,350

 

  

 

595

 

 

 

80

 

  

 

315

 

 

 

2,340

 

Balance – December 31, 2021 comprised of:

               

Cost

  

 

12,227

 

  

 

1,961

 

  

 

808

 

 

 

127

 

  

 

619

 

 

 

3,515

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

  

 

(7

  

 

(611

  

 

(213

 

 

(47

  

 

(304

 

 

(1,175

Carrying amount – December 31, 2021   

 

12,220

 

  

 

1,350

 

  

 

595

 

 

 

80

 

  

 

315

 

 

 

2,340

 

Carrying amount – December 31, 2019

  

 

11,986

 

  

 

1,584

 

  

 

351

 

 

 

62

 

  

 

431

 

 

 

2,428

 

Acquisitions (Note 25)

  

 

167

 

  

 

74

 

  

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

  

 

6

 

 

 

90

 

Additions – internally developed

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

106

 

 

 

 

  

 

16

 

 

 

122

 

Foreign currency translation and other

  

 

45

 

  

 

22

 

  

 

20

 

 

 

14

 

  

 

(22

 

 

34

 

Disposals

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(3

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(3

Amortization 1

  

 

 

  

 

(165

  

 

(39

 

 

(9

  

 

(70

 

 

(283

Carrying amount – December 31, 2020

  

 

12,198

 

  

 

1,515

 

  

 

437

 

 

 

75

 

  

 

361

 

 

 

2,388

 

Balance – December 31, 2020 comprised of:

 

            

Cost

  

 

12,205

 

  

 

1,971

 

  

 

544

 

 

 

111

 

  

 

597

 

 

 

3,223

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

  

 

(7

  

 

(456

  

 

(107

 

 

(36

  

 

(236

 

 

(835

Carrying amount – December 31, 2020

  

 

12,198

 

  

 

1,515

 

  

 

437

 

 

 

75

 

  

 

361

 

 

 

2,388

 

 

1

Amortization of $260 was included in selling expenses during the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 – $254).

2

The average remaining amortization period of customer relationships as at December 31, 2021, was approximately 5 years.

3

Certain trade names have indefinite useful lives as there are no regulatory, legal, contractual, cooperative, economic or other factors that limit their useful lives.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  101 

 

NOTE 14  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED

Goodwill Impairment Testing

 

LOGO

We performed our annual impairment test on goodwill and did not identify any impairment; however, the recoverable amount for Retail – North America did not substantially exceed its carrying amount. In testing for impairment of goodwill, we calculate the recoverable amount for a CGU or groups of CGUs containing goodwill. We used the FVLCD methodology based on after-tax discounted cash flows (five-year projections and a terminal year thereafter) and incorporated assumptions an independent market participant would apply including considerations related to climate-change initiatives. We adjusted discount rates for each CGU or group of CGUs for the risk associated with achieving our forecasts (five-year projections) and for the country risk premium in which we expect to generate cash flows. FVLCD is a Level 3 measurement. We use our market capitalization and comparative market multiples to corroborate discounted cash flow results.

The key assumptions with the greatest influence on the calculation of the recoverable amounts are the discount rates, terminal growth rates and cash flow forecasts. The key forecast assumptions were based on historical data and estimates of future results from internal sources as well as industry and market trends.

 

 

 

   Terminal Growth Rate (%)           Discount Rate (%)   
  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020        

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Retail – North America

     

 

2.5

 

     

 

2.5

 

     

 

7.4

 

     

 

7.5

 

Retail – International 1

     

 

2.0 – 6.2

 

     

 

2.0

 

     

 

8.0 – 15.5

 

     

 

7.8 – 16.0

 

Potash

     

 

2.5

 

     

 

2.5

 

     

 

7.7

 

     

 

8.0

 

Nitrogen

           

 

2.0

 

           

 

2.0

 

           

 

7.8

 

           

 

8.0

 

 

1

The discount rates reflect the country risk premium and size for our international groups of CGUs.

The Retail – North America group of CGUs recoverable amount exceeds its carrying amount by $1.5 billion, which is 12 percent of the carrying amount. Goodwill is more susceptible to impairment risk if business operating results or economic conditions deteriorate and we do not meet our forecasts. A reduction in the terminal growth rate, an increase in the discount rate or a decrease in forecasted EBITDA could cause impairment in the future. The following table indicates the percentage by which key assumptions would need to change individually for the estimated recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount:

 

Key Assumptions    Change Required for
Carrying Amount to Equal
Recoverable Amount
     Value Used in
        Impairment Model
 

Terminal growth rate (%)

  

 

0.8 percentage point decrease

 

  

 

2.5

 

Forecasted EBITDA over forecast period (in billions of US dollars)

  

 

9.8 percent decrease

 

  

 

6.8

 

Discount rate (%)

  

 

0.6 percentage point increase

 

  

 

7.4

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 102  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 15          INVESTMENTS

 

 

Name   Principal Activity  

Principal Place   
of Business and   

Incorporation   

   Proportion of Ownership Interest
and Voting Rights Held (%)
     Carrying Amount    
   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Equity-accounted
investees

               

Profertil

 

Nitrogen Producer

 

Argentina  

  

 

50

 

  

 

50

 

  

 

277

 

  

 

233

 

Canpotex

 

Marketing and Logistics

 

Canada  

  

 

50

 

  

 

50

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Other associates
and joint ventures

                            

 

182

 

  

 

176

 

Total equity-accounted
investees

                            

 

459

 

  

 

409

 

Investments at FVTOCI

               

Sinofert

 

Fertilizer Supplier
and Distributor

 

China/Bermuda  

  

 

22

 

  

 

22

 

  

 

234

 

  

 

153

 

Other

                            

 

10

 

  

 

 

Total investments
at FVTOCI

                            

 

244

 

  

 

153

 

Total investments

                            

 

703

 

  

 

562

 

We continuously assess our ability to exercise significant influence or joint control over our investments. Our 22 percent ownership in Sinofert does not constitute significant influence as we do not have any representation on the board of directors of Sinofert. We elected to account for our investment in Sinofert as FVTOCI as it is held for strategic purposes.

Future conditions related to Profertil may be affected by political, economic and social instability. We are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to fluctuations in the Argentine peso against the US dollar. This may also restrict our ability to obtain dividends from Profertil.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 16          OTHER ASSETS

 

  

 

   2021      2020  

Deferred income tax assets (Note 8)

  

 

262

 

  

 

242

 

Ammonia catalysts – net of accumulated amortization of $85 (2020 – $76)

  

 

88

 

  

 

89

 

Long-term income tax receivable (Note 8)

  

 

166

 

  

 

305

 

Accrued pension benefit assets (Note 21)

  

 

170

 

  

 

109

 

Other

  

 

143

 

  

 

169

 

    

 

829

 

  

 

914

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  103 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 17          SHORT-TERM DEBT

We use our $4.5 billion commercial paper program for our short-term cash requirements. The commercial paper program is backstopped by the $4.5 billion unsecured revolving term credit facility (“Nutrien Credit Facility”). Credit facilities are renegotiated periodically.

 

  

 

   Rate of Interest (%)      2021      2020  

Other credit facilities 1

  

 

0.8 – 13.1

 

  

 

313

 

  

 

159

 

Commercial paper 2

  

 

0.3 –   0.4

 

  

 

1,170

 

  

 

 

Other short-term debt

                       

 

77

 

  

 

 

                         

 

1,560

 

  

 

159

 

 

1

Credit facilities are unsecured and consist of South American facilities with debt of $74 (2020 – $109) and interest rates ranging from 1.8 percent to 13.1 percent, Australian facilities with debt of $211 (2020 – $19) and interest rates ranging from 0.8 percent to 0.9 percent, and other facilities with debt of $28 (2020 – $31) and an interest rate of 1.4 percent.

2

The amount available under the commercial paper program is limited to the availability of backup funds under the Nutrien Credit Facility and excess cash invested in highly liquid securities

 

Credit facilities    Total Facility Limit as at
December 31, 2021
     Total Facility Limit as at
December 31, 2020
 

Nutrien Credit Facility 1

  

 

4,500

 

  

 

4,500

 

Uncommitted revolving demand facility

  

 

500

 

  

 

500

 

Other credit facilities 2

  

 

720

 

  

 

740

 

 

1

In 2021, we extended the maturity date from April 10, 2023 to June 4, 2026, subject to extension at the request of Nutrien provided that the resulting maturity date shall not exceed five years from the date of request.

2

Total facility limit amounts include some facilities with maturities in excess of one year.

Principal covenants and events of default under the Nutrien Credit Facility include a debt to capital ratio (refer to Note 24) and other customary events of default and covenant provisions. Non-compliance with such covenants could result in accelerated repayment and/or termination of the credit facility. We were in compliance with all covenants as at December 31, 2021.

In 2020, we entered into new committed revolving credit facilities totaling approximately $1,500, all with the same principal covenants and events of default as our existing credit facilities. We closed these credit facilities after the issuance of the new notes in 2020.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 104  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 18          LONG-TERM DEBT

We source our borrowings for funding purposes primarily through notes, debentures and long-term credit facilities. We have access to the capital markets through our base shelf prospectus.

 

  

 

     

 

    Rate of Interest (%)     Maturity        

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Notes 1

                  
    

 

3.150

 

 

 

October 1, 2022

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

1.900

 

 

 

May 13, 2023

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

3.500

 

 

 

June 1, 2023

 

     

 

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

3.625

 

 

 

March 15, 2024

 

     

 

 

     

 

750

 

    

 

3.375

 

 

 

March 15, 2025

 

     

 

 

     

 

550

 

    

 

3.000

 

 

 

April 1, 2025

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

4.000

 

 

 

December 15, 2026

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

4.200

 

 

 

April 1, 2029

 

     

 

750

 

     

 

750

 

    

 

2.950

 

 

 

May 13, 2030

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

4.125

 

 

 

March 15, 2035

 

     

 

450

 

     

 

450

 

    

 

7.125

 

 

 

May 23, 2036

 

     

 

212

 

     

 

300

 

    

 

5.875

 

 

 

December 1, 2036

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

5.625

 

 

 

December 1, 2040

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

6.125

 

 

 

January 15, 2041

 

     

 

401

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

4.900

 

 

 

June 1, 2043

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

5.250

 

 

 

January 15, 2045

 

     

 

489

 

     

 

500

 

    

 

5.000

 

 

 

April 1, 2049

 

     

 

750

 

     

 

750

 

    

 

3.950

 

 

 

May 13, 2050

 

     

 

500

 

     

 

500

 

Debentures 1

    

 

7.800

 

 

 

February 1, 2027

 

     

 

120

 

     

 

125

 

Other credit facilities 2

          

 

Various

 

 

 

Various

 

           

 

141

 

           

 

67

 

            

 

7,813

 

     

 

9,742

 

Add net unamortized fair value adjustments

            

 

325

 

     

 

404

 

Less net unamortized debt issue costs

                                    

 

(72

           

 

(85

            

 

8,066

 

     

 

10,061

 

Less current maturities

                                    

 

(545

           

 

(14

                                      

 

7,521

 

           

 

10,047

 

 

1

Each series of notes and debentures is unsecured and has no sinking fund requirements prior to maturity. Each series is redeemable and has various provisions that allow redemption prior to maturity, at our option, at specified prices.

2

Other credit facilities are unsecured and consist of South American facilities with debt of $137 (2020 – $63) and interest rates ranging from 1.9 percent to 12.2 percent and other facilities with debt of $4 (2020 – $4) and an interest rate of 3.9 percent.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  105 

 

NOTE 18  LONG-TERM DEBT CONTINUED

In 2021, we redeemed the entire outstanding principal amount of these notes in accordance with the optional redemption provisions provided in the indenture governing these notes:

 

  

 

     

 

     Rate of interest (%)        

 

     Maturity        

 

     Redeemed  

Notes

     

 

3.500

 

     

 

June 1, 2023

 

     

 

500

 

Notes

     

 

3.625

 

     

 

March 15, 2024

 

     

 

750

 

Notes

           

 

3.375

 

           

 

March 15, 2025

 

           

 

550

 

Principal amount

                 

 

1,800

 

Add net unamortized fair value adjustments

                 

 

5

 

Less net unamortized debt issue costs

                                               

 

(5

Carrying amount

                                               

 

1,800

 

We also completed a cash tender offer to purchase the following debentures and notes, up to a maximum aggregate purchase price of $300:

 

  

 

     

 

     Rate of interest (%)        

 

     Maturity        

 

     Redeemed  

Debentures

     

 

7.800

 

     

 

February 1, 2027

 

     

 

5

 

Notes

     

 

7.125

 

     

 

May 23, 2036

 

     

 

88

 

Notes

     

 

6.125

 

     

 

January 15, 2041

 

     

 

99

 

Notes

           

 

5.250

 

           

 

January 15, 2045

 

           

 

11

 

Principal amount

                 

 

203

 

Add net unamortized fair value adjustments

                                               

 

53

 

Carrying amount

                                               

 

256

 

The redemption and cash tender offers were funded by using cash on hand and proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper. The total cash spend, including accrued interest, was $2.2 billion. As a result of the early extinguishment of debt, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $142 (Note 7).

We are subject to certain customary covenants including limitation on liens, merger and change of control covenants, and customary events of default. As calculated in Note 24, we were in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2021.

 

  

 

     

 

    

Short-Term

Debt

       

 

     Long-Term
Debt
       

 

    

Lease

Liabilities

       

 

     Total  

Balance – December 31, 2020

     

 

159

 

     

 

10,061

 

     

 

1,140

 

     

 

11,360

 

Cash flows (cash inflows and outflows presented on a net basis)

     

 

1,344

 

     

 

(2,133

     

 

(320

     

 

(1,109

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     

 

 

     

 

142

 

     

 

 

     

 

142

 

Additions and other adjustments to ROU assets

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

408

 

     

 

408

 

Foreign currency translation and other non-cash changes

           

 

57

 

           

 

(4

           

 

(8

           

 

45

 

Balance – December 31, 2021

           

 

1,560

 

           

 

8,066

 

           

 

1,220

 

           

 

10,846

 

Balance – December 31, 2019

     

 

976

 

     

 

9,055

 

     

 

1,073

 

     

 

11,104

 

Cash flows (cash inflows and outflows presented on a net basis)

     

 

(892

     

 

1,017

 

     

 

(274

     

 

(149

Additions and other adjustments to ROU assets

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

320

 

     

 

320

 

Foreign currency translation and other non-cash changes

           

 

75

 

           

 

(11

           

 

21

 

           

 

85

 

Balance – December 31, 2020

           

 

159

 

           

 

10,061

 

           

 

1,140

 

           

 

11,360

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 106  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 19          LEASE LIABILITIES

 

  

 

     

 

     Average Rate of Interest (%)        

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Lease liabilities – non-current

     

 

2.9

 

     

 

934

 

     

 

891

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

           

 

2.5

 

           

 

286

 

           

 

249

 

Total

                             

 

1,220

 

           

 

1,140

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 20       PAYABLES AND ACCRUED CHARGES

Payables and accrued charges consist primarily of amounts we owe to suppliers and prepayments made by customers planning to purchase our products for the upcoming growing season.

 

  

 

    

 

                   2021       

 

               2020  

Trade and other payables

    

 

5,179

 

    

 

4,415

 

Customer prepayments

    

 

2,083

 

    

 

1,800

 

Dividends

    

 

257

 

    

 

256

 

Accrued compensation

    

 

669

 

    

 

513

 

Current portion of asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs (Note 22)

    

 

170

 

    

 

162

 

Accrued interest

    

 

80

 

    

 

99

 

Current portion of share-based compensation (Note 5)

    

 

185

 

    

 

95

 

Current portion of derivatives

    

 

20

 

    

 

39

 

Income taxes (Note 8)

    

 

606

 

    

 

48

 

Current portion of pension and other post-retirement benefits (Note 21)

    

 

16

 

    

 

15

 

Other accrued charges and others

      

 

787

 

      

 

616

 

        

 

10,052

 

      

 

8,058

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  107 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 21           PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

We offer the following pension and other post-retirement benefits to qualified employees: defined benefit pension plans; defined contribution pension plans; and health, disability, dental and life insurance (referred to as other defined benefit) plans. Substantially all our employees participate in at least one of these plans.

Description of Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

          Plan Type        Contributions

United States

     

•  non-contributory,

 

•  guaranteed annual pension payments for life,

 

•  benefits generally depend on years of service and compensation level in the final years leading up to age 65,

 

•  benefits available starting at age 55 at a reduced rate, and

 

•  plans provide for maximum pensionable salary and maximum annual benefit limits.

 

     

•  made to meet or exceed minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and associated Internal Revenue Service regulations and procedures.

Canada

     

•  made to meet or exceed minimum funding requirements based on provincial statutory requirements and associated federal taxation rules.

 

Supplemental Plans in US and Canada for Senior Management

     

•  non-contributory,

 

•  unfunded, and

 

•  supplementary pension benefits.

     

•  provided for by charges to earnings sufficient to meet the projected benefit obligations, and

 

•  payments to plans are made as plan payments to retirees occur.

Our defined benefit pension plans are funded with separate funds that are legally separated from the Company and administered through an employee benefits or management committee in each country, which is composed of our employees. The employee benefits or management committee is required by law to act in the best interests of the plan participants and, in the US and Canada, is responsible for the governance of the plans, including setting certain policies (e.g., investment and contribution) of the funds. The current investment policy for each country’s plans generally does not include any asset/liability matching strategies or currency hedging strategies. Plan assets held in trusts are governed by local regulations and practices in each country, as is the nature of the relationship between the Company and the trustees and their composition.

Description of Other Post-Retirement Plans

We provide health care plans for certain eligible retired employees in the US, Canada and Trinidad. Eligibility for these benefits is generally based on a combination of age and years of service at retirement. Certain terms of the plans include:

 

 

coordination with government-provided medical insurance in each country;

 

 

certain unfunded cost-sharing features such as co-insurance, deductibles and co-payments – benefits subject to change;

 

 

for certain plans, maximum lifetime benefits;

 

 

at retirement, the employee’s spouse and certain dependent children may be eligible for coverage;

 

 

benefits are self-insured and are administered through third-party providers; and

 

 

generally, retirees contribute toward annual cost of the plans.

We provide non-contributory life insurance plans for certain retired employees who meet specific age and service eligibility requirements.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 108  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 21  PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS CONTINUED

Risks

The defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans expose us to broadly similar actuarial risks. The most significant risks include investment risk and interest rate risk as discussed below. Other risks include longevity risk and salary risk.

     
 

Investment Risk

 

A deficit will be created if plan assets underperform the discount rate used in the defined benefit obligation valuation. To mitigate investment risk, we employ:

 

•  a total return on investment approach whereby a diversified mix of equities and fixed income investments is used to maximize long-term return for a prudent level of risk; and

 

•  risk tolerance established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition.

 

Other assets such as private equity and hedge funds are not used at this time. Our policy is not to invest in commodities, precious metals, mineral rights, bullions or collectibles. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements and periodic asset/liability studies.

 

Interest Rate Risk

  A decrease in bond interest rates will increase the pension liability; however, this is generally expected to be partially offset by an increase in the return on the plan’s debt investments.

Financial Information

 

  

 

   2021      2020  
  

 

   Obligation     Plan
Assets
    Net      Obligation     Plan
Assets
    Net  

Balance – beginning of year

  

 

(2,066

 

 

1,706

 

 

 

(360

  

 

(2,044

 

 

1,621

 

 

 

(423

Components of defined benefit expense recognized in earnings

             

Current service cost for benefits earned during the year

  

 

(36

 

 

 

 

 

(36

  

 

(36

 

 

 

 

 

(36

Interest (expense) income

  

 

(57

 

 

48

 

 

 

(9

  

 

(66

 

 

53

 

 

 

(13

Past service cost, including curtailment gains and settlements 1

  

 

(2

 

 

 

 

 

(2

  

 

133

 

 

 

(132

 

 

1

 

Foreign exchange rate changes and other

  

 

(7

 

 

(1

 

 

(8

  

 

(3

 

 

(1

 

 

(4

Subtotal of components of defined benefit expense (recovery) recognized in earnings

  

 

(102

 

 

47

 

 

 

(55

  

 

28

 

 

 

(80

 

 

(52

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability recognized in OCI during the year

             

Actuarial gain arising from:

             

Changes in financial assumptions

  

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

  

 

(153

 

 

 

 

 

(153

Changes in demographic assumptions

  

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

  

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Gain on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest)

  

 

3

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

36

 

  

 

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

230

 

Subtotal of remeasurements

  

 

92

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

125

 

  

 

(141

 

 

230

 

 

 

89

 

Cash flows

             

Contributions by plan participants

  

 

(6

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

  

 

(5

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

  

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

  

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

26

 

Benefits paid

  

 

86

 

 

 

(86

 

 

 

  

 

96

 

 

 

(96

 

 

 

Subtotal of cash flows

  

 

80

 

 

 

(55

 

 

25

 

  

 

91

 

 

 

(65

 

 

26

 

Balance – end of year 2

  

 

(1,996

 

 

1,731

 

 

 

(265

  

 

(2,066

 

 

1,706

 

 

 

(360

Balance comprised of:

             

Non-current assets

             

Other assets (Note 16)

      

 

170

 

      

 

109

 

Current liabilities

             

Payables and accrued charges (Note 20)

      

 

(16

      

 

(15

Non-current liabilities

             

Pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities

                  

 

(419

                  

 

(454

 

1

During 2020, we transferred certain pension plan obligations to an insurance company.

2

Obligations arising from funded and unfunded pension plans are $1,659 and $337 (2020 – $1,690 and $376), respectively. Other post-retirement benefit plans have no plan assets and are unfunded.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  109 

 

NOTE 21  PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS CONTINUED

 

Plan Assets

As at December 31, the fair value of plan assets of our defined benefit pension plans, by asset category, were as follows:

 

  

 

   2021      2020  
  

 

  

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for
Identical Assets

    Other 1     Total     

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for
Identical Assets

    Other 1     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

  

 

11

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

18

 

  

 

9

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

42

 

Equity securities and equity funds

             

US 2

  

 

22

 

 

 

257

 

 

 

279

 

  

 

19

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

502

 

International

  

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

  

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

Debt securities 2, 3

  

 

 

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

1,020

 

  

 

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

977

 

Other 2

  

 

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

386

 

  

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

27

 

Total pension plan assets

  

 

              33

 

 

 

            1,698

 

 

 

          1,731

 

  

 

            186

 

 

 

            1,520

 

 

 

            1,706

 

 

1

Approximately 100 percent (2020 – 76 percent) of the Other plan assets are held in funds whose fair values are estimated using their net asset value per share. For the majority of these funds, the redemption frequency is immediate. The Plan Committee manages the asset allocation based upon our current liquidity and income needs.

2

Certain funds have been reclassified for the year ended December 31, 2020.

3

Debt securities included US securities of 71 percent (2020 – 60 percent) and International securities of 28 percent (2020 – 40 percent) and Mortgage Backed Securities of 1 percent (2020 – nil).

We use letters of credit or surety bonds to secure certain Canadian unfunded defined benefit plan liabilities as at December 31, 2021.

We expect to contribute approximately $115 to all pension and post-retirement plans in 2022. Total contributions recognized as expense under all defined contribution plans for 2021 was $111 (2020 – $116).

We used the following significant assumptions to determine the benefit obligations and expense for our significant plans as at and for the year ended December 31. These assumptions are determined by management and are reviewed annually by our independent actuaries.

 

 

 

   Pension      Other  
  

 

   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations 1 :

           

Discount rate (%)

  

 

3.09

 

  

 

2.83

 

  

 

2.97

 

  

 

2.66

 

Rate of increase in compensation levels (%)

  

 

4.27

 

  

 

4.57

 

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

n/a

 

Medical cost trend rate – assumed (%) 2

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

4.50 – 6.50

 

  

 

4.50 – 5.80

 

Medical cost trend rate – year reaches ultimate trend rate

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

n/a

 

  

 

2030

 

  

 

2037

 

Mortality assumptions (years) 3

           

Life expectancy at 65 for a male member currently at age 65

  

 

20.7

 

  

 

20.6

 

  

 

20.6

 

  

 

20.2

 

Life expectancy at 65 for a female member currently at age 65

  

 

22.9

 

  

 

22.8

 

  

 

23.2

 

  

 

22.8

 

Average duration of the defined benefit obligations (years) 4

  

 

            15.3

 

  

 

            15.4

 

  

 

14.9

 

  

 

15.2

 

 

1

The current year’s expense is determined using the assumptions that existed at the end of the previous year.

2

We assumed a graded medical cost trend rate starting at 6.50 percent in 2021, moving to 4.50 percent by 2030 (2020 – starting at 5.80 percent, moving to 4.50 percent by 2037).

3

Based on actuarial advice in accordance with the latest available published tables, adjusted where appropriate to reflect future longevity improvements for each country.

4

Weighted average length of the underlying cash flows.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 110  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 21  PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS CONTINUED

 

Of the most significant assumptions, a change in discount rates has the greatest potential impact on our pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, with sensitivity to change as follows:

 

 

 

   

 

  2021       

 

    2020  
  

 

  Change in Assumption   Benefit
Obligations
    Expense in
Earnings Before
Income Taxes
      

 

    Benefit
Obligations
    Expense in
Earnings Before
Income Taxes
 

As reported

     

 

1,996

 

 

 

55

 

         

 

2,066

 

 

 

52

 

Discount rate

 

1.0 percentage point decrease

 

 

330

 

 

 

20

 

   

 

360

 

 

 

10

 

   

1.0 percentage point increase

 

 

(260

 

 

(20

         

 

(280

 

 

(10

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 22          ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS AND ACCRUED ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

A provision is an estimated liability with uncertainty over the timing or amount that will be paid. The most significant asset retirement and environmental remediation provisions relate to costs to restore potash and phosphate sites to their original, or another specified, condition.

The pre-tax risk-free discount rate, expected cash flow payments and sensitivity to changes in the discount rate on the recorded liability for asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs as at December 31, 2021, were as follows:

 

 

 

  

Cash Flow

Payments (years) 1

    

Discounted

Cash Flows 2,3

     

 

    Discount Rate  
  

 

    

 

    +0.5%     -0.5%  

Asset retirement obligations

         

 

(75

 

 

85

 

Retail

  

 

1 – 30

 

  

 

23

 

     

Potash

  

 

31 – 440

 

  

 

96

 

     

Phosphate

  

 

1 – 79

 

  

 

496

 

     

Corporate and other 4,5

  

 

1 – 485

 

  

 

616

 

     

Accrued environmental costs

         

 

(5

 

 

5

 

Retail

  

 

1 – 30

 

  

 

86

 

     

Corporate and other

  

 

1 – 24

 

  

 

419

 

                       

Total

           

 

1,736

 

                       

 

1

Time frame in which payments are expected to principally occur from December 31, 2021. Adjustments to the years can result from changes to the mine life and/or changes in the rate of tailings volumes.

2

Risk-free discount rates used to discount cash flows reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the timing and jurisdiction of the obligation. Risk-free rates range from 1.9 percent to 5.5 percent.

3

Total undiscounted cash flows are $3.3 billion. For the Potash segment, this represents total undiscounted cash flows in the first year of decommissioning. This excludes subsequent years of tailings dissolution, fine tails capping, tailings management area reclamation, post-reclamation activities and monitoring, and final decommissioning, which are estimated to take an additional 126 to 409 years.

4

For nitrogen sites, we have not recorded any asset retirement obligations as no significant asset retirement obligations have been identified or there is no reasonable basis for estimating a date or range of dates of cessation of operations. We considered the historical performance of our facilities as well as our planned maintenance, major upgrades and replacements, which can extend the useful lives of our facilities indefinitely.

5

Includes certain potash and phosphate sites that are non-operating sites, with the majority of phosphate site payments taking place over the next 18 years.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  111 

 

NOTE 22  ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS AND ACCRUED ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS CONTINUED

 

 

  

 

   Asset
Retirement
Obligations
      

 

     Accrued
Environmental
Costs
       

 

     Total  

Balance – December 31, 2020

  

 

1,209

 

    

 

550

 

     

 

1,759

 

Disposals

  

 

 

    

 

(4

     

 

(4

Additional provisions

  

 

22

 

    

 

1

 

     

 

23

 

Change in estimates

  

 

78

 

    

 

(1

     

 

77

 

Settlements

  

 

(89

    

 

(27

     

 

(116

Accretion

  

 

12

 

    

 

(21

     

 

(9

Foreign currency translation and other

  

 

(1

          

 

7

 

           

 

6

 

Balance – December 31, 2021

  

 

1,231

 

          

 

505

 

           

 

1,736

 

Balance – December 31, 2021 comprised of:

             

Current liabilities

             

Payables and accrued charges (Note 20)

  

 

115

 

    

 

55

 

     

 

170

 

Non-current liabilities

             

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs

  

 

1,116

 

          

 

450

 

           

 

1,566

 

We are subject to numerous environmental requirements under federal, provincial, state and local laws in the countries in which we operate. We have gypsum stack capping, and closure and post-closure obligations through our subsidiaries, PCS Phosphate Company, Inc. in White Springs, Florida, and PCS Nitrogen Inc. in Geismar, Louisiana, pursuant to the financial assurance regulatory requirements in those states. The recorded provisions may not necessarily reflect our obligations under these financial assurances.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 23          SHARE CAPITAL

Authorized

We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares without par value and an unlimited number of preferred shares. The common shares are not redeemable or convertible. The preferred shares may be issued in one or more series with rights and conditions to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Issued

 

  

 

    

 

  Number of Common Shares       

 

  Share Capital  
Balance – December 31, 2020       569,260,406         15,673  
Issued under option plans and share-settled plans       4,424,437         226  
Repurchased       (15,982,154       (442

Shares cancellation

     

 

(210,173

     

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2021

     

 

557,492,516

 

     

 

15,457

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 112  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 23  SHARE CAPITAL CONTINUED

Share Repurchase Programs

 

  

 

  

Commencement

Date

     Expiry      Maximum
Shares for
Repurchase
     Maximum
Shares for
Repurchase (%)
     Number of
Shares
Repurchased
 

2019 Normal Course Issuer Bid

  

 

February 27, 2019

 

  

 

February 26, 2020

 

  

 

42,164,420

 

  

 

7

 

  

 

33,256,668

 

2020 Normal Course Issuer Bid

  

 

February 27, 2020

 

  

 

February 26, 2021

 

  

 

28,572,458

 

  

 

5

 

  

 

710,100

 

2021 Normal Course Issuer Bid 1

  

 

March 1, 2021

 

  

 

February 28, 2022

 

  

 

28,468,448

 

  

 

5

 

  

 

15,982,154

 

2022 Normal Course Issuer Bid 2

  

 

March 1, 2022

 

  

 

February 28, 2023

 

  

 

55,111,100

 

  

 

10

 

  

 

 

 

1

The 2021 normal course issuer bid will expire earlier than the date above if we acquire the maximum number of common shares allowable or otherwise decide not to make any further repurchases. As of February 15, 2022, an additional 6,204,241 common shares were repurchased for cancellation at a cost of $445 and an average price per share of $71.70.

2

On February 16, 2022, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program, which is subject to the acceptance by the Toronto Stock Exchange. The 2022 normal course issuer bid will expire earlier than the date above if we acquire the maximum number of common shares allowable or otherwise decide not to make any further repurchases.

Purchases under the normal course issuer bids were, or may be, made through open market purchases at market prices as well as by other means permitted by applicable securities regulatory authorities, including private agreements.

 

Summary of share repurchases    2021        

 

     2020  

Number of common shares repurchased for cancellation

  

 

15,982,154

 

     

 

3,832,580

 

Average price per share (US dollars)

  

 

69.17

 

     

 

41.96

 

Total cost

  

 

1,105

 

           

 

160

 

Dividends Declared

 

  

 

   2021        

 

   2020  
Declared    Per Share      Declared    Per Share  

February 17, 2021

  

 

0.46

 

  

February 19, 2020

  

 

0.45

 

May 17, 2021

  

 

0.46

 

  

May 6, 2020

  

 

0.45

 

August 9, 2021

  

 

0.46

 

  

August 10, 2020

  

 

0.45

 

November 1, 2021

  

 

0.46

 

  

December 10, 2020

  

 

0.45

 

    

 

1.84

 

       

 

1.80

 

On February 16, 2022, our Board of Directors declared an increase to our quarterly dividend to $0.48 per share payable on April 14, 2022, to shareholders of record on March 31, 2022. The total estimated dividend to be paid is $265.

Share Cancellation

During 2021, we cancelled 210,173 shares due to the expiration of the period when legacy companies’ (Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. and Agrium Inc.) shares could be exchanged under the plan of arrangement, wherein Nutrien became the parent company of the legacy companies.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  113 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 24       CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Our capital allocation policy prioritizes safe and reliable operations, a healthy balance sheet, a sustainable dividend to shareholders and a strategy to allocate remaining cash flow that maximizes shareholder value.

We include total debt, adjusted total debt, adjusted net debt and adjusted shareholders’ equity as components of our capital structure. We monitor our capital structure and, based on changes in economic conditions, may adjust the structure by adjusting the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, repurchasing shares, issuing new shares, issuing new debt or retiring existing debt.

We use a combination of short-term and long-term debt to finance our operations. We typically pay floating rates of interest on short-term debt and credit facilities, and fixed rates on notes and debentures.

We monitor the following measures to evaluate our ability to service debt, make strategic investments and ensure we are in compliance with our debt covenants:

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Adjusted net debt to adjusted EBITDA

     

 

1.4

 

     

 

2.6

 

Adjusted EBITDA to adjusted finance costs

     

 

14.3

 

     

 

7.4

 

Debt to capital (calculated as adjusted total debt to adjusted capital) (Limit: 0.65 : 1.00)

           

 

0.32 : 1.00

 

           

 

0.34 : 1.00

 

 

LOGO

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in Note 3, while the calculation of the remaining components included in the above ratios are set out in the following tables:

 

  

 

     

 

     2021       

 

     2020  

Short-term debt

     

 

1,560

 

    

 

159

 

Current portion of long-term debt

     

 

545

 

    

 

14

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

     

 

286

 

    

 

249

 

Long-term debt

     

 

7,521

 

    

 

10,047

 

Lease liabilities

           

 

934

 

          

 

891

 

Total debt

     

 

10,846

 

    

 

11,360

 

Letters of credit – financial

           

 

114

 

          

 

150

 

Adjusted total debt

           

 

10,960

 

          

 

11,510

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 114  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 24  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

 

  

 

     

 

       2021        2020  

Total debt

     

 

          10,846

 

  

 

        11,360

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

 

(499

  

 

(1,454

Unamortized fair value adjustments

           

 

(325

  

 

(404

Adjusted net debt

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

10,022

 

  

 

9,502

 

 

  

 

     

 

       2021        2020  

Total shareholders’ equity

     

 

          23,699

 

  

 

        22,403

 

Adjusted total debt

           

 

10,960

 

  

 

11,510

 

Adjusted capital 1

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

34,659

  

  

 

33,913

  

 

1

Restated to reflect 2021 calculation.

 

  

 

     

 

       2021        2020  

Finance costs

     

 

                613

 

  

 

             520

 

Unwinding of discount on asset retirement obligations

     

 

9

 

  

 

(33

Borrowing costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment

     

 

29

 

  

 

20

 

Interest on net defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plan obligations

     

 

(9

  

 

(13

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

           

 

(142

  

 

 

Adjusted finance costs

    

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

500

 

  

 

494

 

In 2020, we filed a base shelf prospectus in Canada and the US qualifying the issuance of up to $5 billion of common shares, debt securities and other securities during a period of 25 months from March 16, 2020. In 2020, we filed a prospectus supplement to issue $1,500 of notes.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 25          BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Company’s business combinations include various digital agriculture, proprietary products and agricultural services.

 

  

 

   Individually Immaterial Acquisitions
 

Acquisition date

     

Various

 

Purchase price, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

     

$88 (2020 – $233)

 

Goodwill and expected benefits of the acquisition

     

$77 (2020 – $133)

 

The expected benefits of the acquisitions resulting in goodwill include:

 

•  synergies from expected reduction in operating costs

 

•  wider distribution channel for selling products of acquired businesses

 

•  a larger assembled workforce

 

•  potential increase in customer base

 

•  enhanced ability to innovate

 

Description

     

2021 – 36 Retail locations (2020 – 43 including Tec Agro Group, a leading agriculture retailer in Brazil)

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  115 

 

NOTE 25  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS CONTINUED

We allocated the following values to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities based upon fair values at their respective acquisition date. The information below represents preliminary fair values. For certain acquisitions, we finalized the purchase price with no material change to the fair values disclosed in prior periods. Refer to Note 30 for details of our valuation technique and judgments applied.

 

  

 

     

 

     2021        

 

     2020  

Receivables

     

 

                     43

 

     

 

68

 

Inventories

     

 

24

 

     

 

63

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     

 

 

     

 

4

 

Property, plant and equipment

     

 

10

 

     

 

73

 

Goodwill

     

 

77

 

     

 

133

 

Other intangible assets

     

 

16

 

     

 

47

 

Other non-current assets

           

 

4

 

           

 

2

 

Total assets

           

 

174

 

           

 

390

 

Short-term debt

     

 

11

 

     

 

36

 

Payables and accrued charges

     

 

50

 

     

 

108

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

     

 

7

 

     

 

 

Lease liabilities, including current portion

     

 

1

 

     

 

2

 

Other non-current liabilities

           

 

17

 

           

 

11

 

Total liabilities

           

 

86

 

           

 

                157

 

Total consideration, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

           

 

88

 

           

 

233

 

Financial Information Related to the Acquired Operations

 

2021 Proforma (estimated as if acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year)      

 

       

 

 

Sales

     

 

                160

 

Earnings before finance costs and income taxes

           

 

10

 

 

From date of acquisition      

 

     2021 Actuals        

 

    2020 Actuals  

Sales

     

 

                     80

 

    

 

                  190

 

Earnings before finance costs and income taxes

           

 

7

 

          

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 116  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 26          COMMITMENTS

A commitment is a legally binding and enforceable agreement to purchase goods or services in the future. The amounts below reflect our commitments based on current expected contract prices.

As at December 31, 2021, minimum future commitments under our contractual arrangements were as follows:

 

 

 

   Principal Portion and
Estimated Interest
      

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

 
  

 

   Lease
Liabilities
     Long-Term
Debt
     Purchase
Commitments
     Capital
Commitments
     Other
Commitments
     Total  

Within 1 year

  

 

313

 

  

 

890

 

  

 

2,091

 

  

 

72

 

  

 

183

 

  

 

3,549

 

1 to 3 years

  

 

423

 

  

 

1,163

 

  

 

488

 

  

 

9

 

  

 

138

 

  

 

2,221

 

3 to 5 years

  

 

227

 

  

 

1,678

 

  

 

42

 

  

 

 

  

 

91

 

  

 

2,038

 

Over 5 years

  

 

412

 

  

 

9,340

 

  

 

111

 

  

 

 

  

 

97

 

  

 

9,960

 

Total

  

 

1,375

 

  

 

13,071

 

  

 

2,732

 

  

 

81

 

  

 

509

 

  

 

17,768

 

Purchase Commitments

We have a long-term natural gas purchase agreement in Trinidad that expires on December 31, 2023. The contract provides for prices that vary primarily with ammonia market prices and annual escalating floor prices. The commitments included in the foregoing table are based on floor prices and minimum purchase quantities.

Profertil has various gas contracts denominated in US dollars that expire in 2022 and 2023 and account for virtually all of Profertil’s gas requirements. YPF S.A., our joint venture partner in Profertil, supplies approximately 70 percent of the gas under these contracts.

The Carseland facility has a power co-generation agreement, expiring on December 31, 2026, which provides 60 megawatt-hours of power per hour. The price for the power is based on a fixed charge adjusted for inflation and a variable charge based on the cost of natural gas provided to the facility for power generation.

Agreements for the purchase of sulfur for use in production of phosphoric acid provide for specified purchase quantities and prices based on market rates at the time of delivery. Commitments included in the foregoing table are based on expected contract prices.

As part of the agreement to sell the Conda Phosphate operations (“CPO”), we entered into long-term strategic supply and offtake agreements that extend to 2023. Under the terms of the supply and offtake agreements, we will supply 100 percent of the ammonia requirements of CPO and purchase 100 percent of the monoammonium phosphate (“MAP”) product produced at CPO. The MAP production is estimated at 330,000 tonnes per year.

Other Commitments

Other commitments consist principally of pipeline capacity, technology service contracts, managed services contracts, throughput and various rail contracts, the latest of which expires in 2027, and mineral lease commitments, the latest of which expires in 2041.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  117 

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 27          GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, we provide indemnification agreements to counterparties in transactions such as purchase and sale contracts, service agreements, director/officer contracts, and leasing transactions. The terms of these indemnification agreements

 

 

may require us to compensate counterparties for costs incurred as a result of various events, including environmental liabilities and changes in (or in the interpretation of) laws and regulations, or as a result of litigation claims or statutory sanctions that may be suffered by a counterparty as a consequence of the transaction;

 

 

will vary based upon the contract, the nature of which prevents us from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount that we could be required to pay to counterparties; and

 

 

have not historically resulted in any significant payments by Nutrien and, as at December 31, 2021, no amounts have been accrued in the consolidated financial statements (except for accruals relating to certain underlying liabilities).

We directly guarantee our share of certain commitments of Canpotex (such as railcar leases) under certain agreements with third parties. We would be required to perform on these guarantees in the event of default by the investee. No material loss is anticipated by reason of such agreements and guarantees.

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    

   NOTE 28          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We transact with a number of related parties, the most significant being with our associates and joint ventures, key management personnel, and post-employment benefit plans.

Sale of Goods

We sell potash outside Canada and the US exclusively through Canpotex. Canpotex sells potash to buyers in export markets pursuant to term and spot contracts at agreed upon prices. Our total revenue is recognized at the amount received from Canpotex representing proceeds from their sale of potash, less net costs of Canpotex. Sales to Canpotex are shown in Note 3. The receivable outstanding from Canpotex is shown in Note 11 and arose from sale transactions described above. It is unsecured and bears no interest. There are no provisions held against this receivable.

Key Management Personnel Compensation and Transactions with Post-Employment Benefit Plans

 

  

 

     

 

       2021        

 

       2020  

Salaries and other short-term benefits

     

 

16

 

     

 

16

 

Share-based compensation

     

 

                  55

 

     

 

26

 

Post-employment benefits

     

 

4

 

     

 

2

 

Termination benefits

           

 

7

 

           

 

 

             

 

82

 

           

 

44

 

Disclosures related to our post-employment benefit plans are shown in Note 21.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 118  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 29          CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

Contingent liabilities, which are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements but may be disclosed, are possible obligations as a result of uncertain future events outside of our control or present obligations not recognized because the amount cannot be sufficiently measured or payment is not probable.

Accounting Estimates and Judgments

The following judgments are required to determine our exposure to possible losses and gains related to environmental matters and other various claims and lawsuits pending:

 

 

prediction of the outcome of uncertain events (i.e., being virtually certain, probable, remote or undeterminable);

 

 

determination of whether recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements is required; and

 

 

estimation of potential financial effects.

Where no amounts are recognized, such amounts are contingent and disclosure may be appropriate. While the amount disclosed in the consolidated financial statements may not be material, the potential for large liabilities exists and, therefore, these estimates could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Supporting Information

Canpotex

Nutrien is a shareholder in Canpotex, which markets Canadian potash outside of Canada and the US. Should any operating losses or other liabilities be incurred by Canpotex, the shareholders have contractually agreed to reimburse it in proportion to each shareholder’s productive capacity. Through December 31, 2021, we are not aware of any operating losses or other liabilities.

Mining Risk

The risk of underground water inflows and other underground risks is insured on a limited basis, subject to insurance market availability. Through December 31, 2021, we are not aware of any material losses or other liabilities that we have not accrued for.

Environmental Remediation, Legal and Other Matters

We are engaged in ongoing site assessment and/or remediation activities at a number of facilities and sites. Anticipated costs associated with these matters are added to accrued environmental costs in the manner described in Note 22.

We have established provisions for environmental site assessment and/or remediation matters to the extent that we consider expenses associated with those matters likely to be incurred. Except for the uncertainties described below, we do not believe that our future obligations with respect to these matters are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  119 

 

NOTE 29  CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS CONTINUED

Legal matters with significant uncertainties include the following:

 

 

The United States Environmental Protection Agency (“US EPA”) has an ongoing enforcement initiative directed at the phosphate industry related to the scope of an exemption for mineral processing wastes under the US Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”). This initiative affects the Conda Phosphate plant previously owned by Nu-West Industries, Inc. (“Nu-West”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Agrium Inc., and the Nutrien phosphoric acid facilities in Aurora, North Carolina; Geismar, Louisiana; and White Springs, Florida. All of these facilities received US EPA notices of violation (“NOVs”) that remain outstanding for alleged violations of the RCRA and various other environmental laws. Notwithstanding the sale of the Conda Phosphate operations in January 2018, Nu-West remains responsible for environmental liabilities attributable to its historic activities and for resolution of the NOVs. All of the facilities have been and continue to be involved in ongoing discussions with the US EPA, the US Department of Justice and the related state agencies to resolve these matters. Due to the nature of the allegations, we are uncertain as to how the matters will be resolved. Based on settlements with other members of the phosphate industry, we expect that a resolution could involve any or all of the following: 1) penalties, which we currently believe will not be material; 2) modification of certain operating practices; 3) capital improvement projects; 4) providing financial assurance for the future closure, maintenance and monitoring costs for the phosphogypsum stack system; and 5) addressing findings resulting from the RCRA section 3013 site investigations.

 

 

We operate in countries that are parties to the Paris Agreement adopted in December 2015 pursuant to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. Each country that is a party to the Paris Agreement submitted an Intended Nationally Determined Contribution (“INDC”) toward the control of greenhouse gas emissions. The impacts on our operations of these INDCs and other national and local efforts to limit or tax greenhouse gas emissions cannot be determined with any certainty at this time.

In addition, various other claims and lawsuits are pending against the Company in the ordinary course of business. While it is not possible to determine the ultimate outcome of such actions at this time, and inherent uncertainties exist in predicting such outcomes, we believe that the ultimate resolution of such actions is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

The breadth of our operations and the global complexity of tax regulations require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating the taxes we will ultimately pay. The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation, and resolution of disputes arising from federal, provincial, state and local tax audits. The resolution of these uncertainties and the associated final taxes may result in adjustments to our tax assets and tax liabilities.

We own facilities that have been either permanently or indefinitely shut down. We expect to incur nominal annual expenditures for site security and other maintenance costs at some of these facilities. Should the facilities be dismantled, certain other shutdown-related costs may be incurred. Such costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements and would be recognized and recorded in the period in which they are incurred.

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 120  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

 

LOGO

    

   NOTE 30          ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

The following discusses the significant accounting policies, estimates, judgments and assumptions that we have adopted and applied and how they affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Certain of our policies involve accounting estimates and judgments because they require us to make subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

Basis of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and entities we control.

 

 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company until the date on which control ceases. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

 

 

Intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

 

Principal (wholly owned) Operating Subsidiaries

      Location   Principal Activity

Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc.

   

 

  Canada   Mining and/or processing of crop nutrients and corporate functions

Agrium Inc.

   

 

  Canada   Manufacturer and distributor of crop nutrients and corporate functions

 

Agrium Canada Partnership

   

 

 

 

Canada

 

Manufacturer and distributor of crop nutrients

 

Agrium Potash Ltd.

   

 

 

 

Canada

 

Agrium U.S. Inc.

   

 

 

 

US

 

Cominco Fertilizer Partnership

   

 

 

 

US

 

Loveland Products Inc.

   

 

 

 

US

Nutrien Ag Solutions Argentina S.A

   

 

  Argentina  

 

 

Nutrien Ag Solutions (Canada) Inc.

   

 

 

 

Canada

 

Crop input retailer

 

 

Nutrien Ag Solutions, Inc.

   

 

 

 

US

 

Nutrien Ag Solutions Limited

   

 

 

 

Australia

PCS Nitrogen Fertilizer, LP

   

 

  US   Production of nitrogen products in the US

PCS Nitrogen Ohio LP

   

 

  US   Production of nitrogen products in the state of Ohio

PCS Sales (USA) Inc.

   

 

  US   Marketing and sales of the Company’s products

PCS Nitrogen Trinidad Limited

   

 

  Trinidad   Production of nitrogen products in Trinidad

PCS Phosphate Company, Inc.

   

 

  US   Mining and/or processing of phosphate products

Phosphate Holding Company, Inc.

   

 

  US   Mining and/or processing of phosphate products and production of nitrogen products in the US

COVID-19

Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic we have assessed our accounting estimates and other matters that require the use of forecasted financial information. The assessment included estimates of the unknown future impacts of the pandemic using information that is reasonably available at this time. Accounting estimates and other matters assessed include the allowance for expected credit losses of receivables from customers, valuation of inventory, goodwill and other long-lived assets, financial assets, tax assets, pension obligations and assets, and revenue recognition. Based on the current assessment, there was not a material impact on these consolidated financial statements. As a result of the pandemic, we incurred directly attributable and incremental COVID-19 related expenses in other (income) expenses (Note 6).

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  121 

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Climate Change

In 2021, we announced our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) commitment to help address our key climate-related risks related to climate change and reduce our carbon footprint. There were also recent developments in the ESG frameworks and regulatory initiatives and we recognize that these developments could further impact our accounting estimates and judgments including, but not limited to, assessment of our asset useful lives, impairment of other long-lived assets, valuation of inventory, and asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs. We have monitored and will continue to monitor these developments as they affect our consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars, which we determined to be the functional currency of the Company and the majority of our subsidiaries. In determining the functional currency of our operations, we primarily considered the currency that determines the pricing of transactions rather than focusing on the currency in which transactions are denominated.

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of foreign currency transactions, and from the translation at period-end of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are recognized and presented in the consolidated statements of earnings within other (income) expenses, as applicable, in the period in which they arise. Non-monetary assets measured at historical cost are translated at the average monthly exchange rate prevailing at the time of the transaction, unless the exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction is available and it is apparent that such rate is a more suitable measurement.

Assets and liabilities in foreign operations are translated using the period-end rate, while the income and expenses are translated using the average monthly exchange rate. Equity of the foreign operation is translated using the historical rate at the time of the acquisition. Exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when the foreign operation is disposed of.

Revenue

We recognize revenue when we transfer control over a good or service to a customer.

 

Transfer of Control for Sale of Goods    Transfer of Control for Sale of Services

At the point in time when the product is

 

•  purchased at our Retail farm center,

 

•  delivered and accepted by customers at their premises, or

 

•  loaded for shipping.

   Over time as the promised service is rendered

Judgment is used to determine whether we are acting as principal or agent by evaluating who:

 

 

has the primary responsibility for fulfilling the promised good;

 

 

bears the inventory risk including if the vendor has the right to have its product returned on demand; and

 

 

has discretion for establishing the price.

For transactions in which we act as an agent rather than the principal, revenue is recognized net of any commissions earned. The related commissions are recognized as the sales occur or as unconditional contracts are signed.

We recognize profits on sales to Canpotex when there is a transfer of control, either at the time the product is loaded for shipping or delivered, depending on the terms of the contract. Sales are recognized using a provisional price at the time control is transferred to Canpotex, with the final pricing determined upon Canpotex’s final sale to a third party (generally between one to three months from date of sale to Canpotex).

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 122  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Our sales revenue relating to our Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate segments is generally recorded and measured based on the “freight on board” mine, plant, warehouse or terminal price specified in the contract (except for certain vessel sales or specific product sales that are shipped and recorded on a delivered basis), which reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services, net of any variable consideration (e.g., any trade discounts or estimated volume rebates). Our customer contracts may provide certain product quality specification guarantees but do not generally provide for refunds or returns. Sales prices are based on North American and international benchmark market prices, which are subject to global supply and demand, and other market factors.

For our Retail segment, we do not provide general warranties; however, our customer contracts may provide certain product quality specification guarantees. Returns and incentives are estimated based on historical and forecasted data, contractual terms, and current conditions.

Transportation costs are generally recovered from the customer through sales pricing. Where customer contracts include volume rebates, we estimate revenue at the earlier of when the most likely amount of consideration we expect to receive has been determined or when it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.

Due to the nature of goods and services sold, any single estimate would have only a negligible impact on revenue.

As the expected period between when control over a promised good or service is transferred and when the customer pays for that good or service is generally less than 12 months, we apply the practical expedient as provided in IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” and do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of financing.

Intersegment sales are made under terms that approximate market value.

Seasonality in our business results from increased demand for products during planting season. Crop input sales are generally higher in the spring and fall application seasons. Crop nutrient inventories are normally accumulated leading up to each application season. Our cash collections generally occur after the application season is complete, while customer prepayments made to us are typically concentrated in December and January and inventory prepayments paid to our suppliers are typically concentrated in the period from November to January. Feed and industrial sales are more evenly distributed throughout the year.

Share-Based Compensation

For awards with performance conditions that determine the number of options or units to which employees are entitled, measurement of compensation cost is based on our best estimate of the outcome of the performance conditions. Changes to vesting assumptions are reflected in earnings immediately for compensation cost already recognized.

 

For Plans Settled Through the Issuance of Equity    For Plans Settled Through Cash

•  fair value for stock options is determined on grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, and

 

•  fair value for PSUs is determined on grant date by projecting the outcome of performance conditions.

  

•  a liability is recorded based on the fair value of the awards each period.

Estimation involves determining:

 

 

stock option-pricing model assumptions as described in the weighted average assumptions table in Note 5;

 

forfeiture rate for options granted based on past experience and future expectations, and adjusted upon actual vesting;

 

projected outcome of performance conditions for PSUs, including the relative ranking of our total shareholder return, including expected dividends, compared with a specified peer group using a Monte Carlo simulation option-pricing model; and

 

the number of dividend equivalent units expected to be earned.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  123 

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Income Taxes

Taxation on earnings (loss) is comprised of current and deferred income tax. Taxation is recognized in the statements of earnings unless it relates to items recognized either in OCI or directly in shareholders’ equity.

 

Current Income Tax    Deferred Income Tax

•  is the expected tax payable on the taxable earnings for the year and includes any adjustments to income tax payable or recoverable in respect of previous years

 

•  is calculated using rates enacted or substantively enacted at the dates of the consolidated balance sheets in the countries where our subsidiaries and equity-accounted investees operate and generate taxable earnings

 

•  is the best estimate expected to be paid to (or recovered from) the taxation authorities

  

 

•  is recognized using the liability method

 

•  is based on temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases

 

•  is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the dates of the consolidated balance sheets and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled

Current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.

The realized and unrealized excess tax benefits from share-based compensation arrangements are recognized in contributed surplus as current and deferred tax, respectively.

The final taxes paid, and potential adjustments to tax assets and liabilities, are dependent upon many factors including

 

 

negotiations with taxation authorities in various jurisdictions;

 

 

outcomes of tax litigation; and

 

 

resolution of disputes arising from federal, provincial, state and local tax audits.

Deferred income tax is not accounted for

 

 

with respect to investments in subsidiaries and equity-accounted investees where we are able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and that difference is not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 

 

if arising from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are

 

 

recognized to the extent it is probable future taxable profit will be available to use deductible temporary differences and could be reduced if projected earnings are not achieved or increased if earnings previously not projected become probable; and

 

 

reviewed at each balance sheet date and amended to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Financial Instruments

Financial assets are measured at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss) or amortized cost depending on the objective of the business model for managing the instrument or group of instruments and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

For equity investments not held for trading, we may make an irrevocable election at initial recognition to recognize changes in fair value through OCI rather than profit or loss.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 124  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Financial instruments are classified and measured as follows:

 

Fair Value Classification

  Fair Value Through Profit or
Loss
   FVTOCI    Amortized Cost
 

Instrument type

 

Cash and cash

equivalents, derivatives, and certain equity investments not held for trading

   Certain equity investments not held for trading which an irrevocable election was made    Receivables, short-term debt, payables and accrued charges, long-term debt, lease liabilities, other long-term debt instruments
 

Fair value gains and losses

  Profit or loss    OCI   
 

Interest and dividends

  Profit or loss    Profit or loss    Profit or loss: effective interest rate
 

Impairment of assets

        Profit or loss
 

Foreign exchange

  Profit or loss    OCI    Profit or loss
 

Transaction costs

  Profit or loss    OCI    Included in cost of instrument

Financial instruments are recognized at trade date when we commit to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flow from the investments have expired or we have transferred the rights to receive cash flow and all the risks and rewards of ownership have also been substantially transferred.

Derivatives are used to lock in commodity prices, interest rates and exchange rates. For designated and qualified cash flow hedges

 

 

the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is accumulated in OCI;

 

 

when the hedged forecast transaction occurs, the related gain or loss is removed from AOCI and included in the cost of inventory;

 

 

the hedging gain or loss included in the cost of inventory is recognized in earnings when the product containing the hedged item is sold or becomes impaired; and

 

 

the ineffective portions of hedges are recorded in net earnings in the current period.

We assess whether our derivatives hedging transactions are expected to be or were highly effective, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, in offsetting changes in fair values of hedged items.

 

Hedging Transaction

  Measurement of Ineffectiveness    Potential Sources of Ineffectiveness
 

New York Mercantile

Exchange (“NYMEX”)

natural gas hedges

  Assessed on a prospective and retrospective basis using regression analyses   

Changes in:

•  timing of forecast transactions

 

•  volume delivered

 

•  our credit risk or the credit risk of a counterparty

 

Foreign exchange and interest rate

  Comparison of the cumulative changes in fair value and the cumulative change in the fair value of a hypothetical derivative with terms based on the hedged forecast cash flows   

Changes in:

•  timing or amounts of forecasted cash flows

 

•  embedded optionality

 

•  our credit risk or the credit risk of a counterparty

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount is presented in the consolidated balance sheets when we

 

 

currently have a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts; and

 

 

intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Fair Value Measurements

Estimated fair values for financial instruments are designed to approximate amounts for which the instruments could be exchanged in a current arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. The valuation policies and procedures for financial reporting purposes are determined by our finance department.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  125 

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Fair value measurements are categorized into different levels within a fair value hierarchy based on the degree to which the lowest level inputs are observable and their significance:

 

Level 1

   Level 2    Level 3

Unadjusted quoted prices (in active markets accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities)

  

Quoted prices (in markets that are not active or based on inputs that are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability)

  

Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall measurement

Fair value estimates

 

 

are at a point in time and may change in subsequent reporting periods due to market conditions or other factors;

 

 

can be determined using multiple methods, which can cause values (or a range of reasonable values) to differ; and

 

 

may require assumptions about costs/prices over time, discount and inflation rates, defaults, and other relevant variables.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

Receivables

Receivables from customers are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost less allowance for expected credit losses of receivables from customers.

Vendors may offer various incentives to purchase products for resale. Vendor rebates and prepay discounts are accounted for as a reduction of the prices of the suppliers’ products. Rebates based on the amount of materials purchased reduce cost of goods sold as inventory is sold. Rebates earned based on sales volumes of products are offset to cost of goods sold.

Rebates that are probable and can be reasonably estimated are accrued. Rebates that are not probable or estimable are accrued when certain milestones are achieved.

Estimation of rebates can be complex in nature as vendor arrangements are diverse. The amount of the accrual is determined by analyzing and reviewing historical trends to apply negotiated rates to estimated and actual purchase volumes. Estimated amounts accrued throughout the year could also be impacted if actual purchase volumes differ from projected volumes.

Inventories

Inventories are valued monthly at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Costs are allocated to inventory using the weighted average cost method.

Net realizable value is based on

 

Products and Raw Materials

    

 

  Materials and Supplies

•  selling price of the finished product (in ordinary course of business) less the estimated costs of completion and estimated costs to make the sale

     

•  replacement cost

A writedown is recognized if the carrying amount exceeds net realizable value and may be reversed if the circumstances that caused it no longer exist. Various factors impact our estimates of net realizable value, including inventory levels, forecasted prices of key production inputs, global nutrient capacities, crop price trends, climate-change initiatives, and changes in regulations and standards employed.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 126  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

  

 

  Owned    Right-of-Use (leased)

Measurement

 

•  cost, which includes capitalized borrowing costs, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses

 

•  cost of major inspections and overhauls is capitalized

 

•  maintenance and repair expenditures that do not improve or extend productive life are expensed in the period incurred

  

•  cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses

 

•  lease payments are allocated between finance costs and a reduction of the liability, and discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if available, or an incremental borrowing rate, being a rate that we would have to pay to borrow the funds required to obtain a similar asset, adjusted for term, security, asset value and the borrower’s economic environment

Depreciation
method

 

•  certain property, plant and equipment directly related to our Potash, Nitrogen and Phosphate segments uses units-of-production based on the shorter of estimates of reserves or service lives

 

•  pre-stripping costs uses units-of-production over the ore mined from the mineable acreage stripped

 

•  remaining assets uses straight-line

  

•  straight-line over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term

    Estimated useful lives, expected patterns of consumption, depreciation method and residual values are reviewed at least annually.

Judgment/practical expedients

 

Judgment is required in determining

 

•  costs, including income or expenses derived from an asset under construction, that are eligible for capitalization;

 

•  timing to cease cost capitalization, generally when the asset is capable of operating in the manner intended by management, but also considering the circumstances and the industry in which the asset is to be operated, normally predetermined by management with reference to such factors as productive capacity;

 

•  the appropriate level of componentization (for individual components for which different depreciation methods or rates are appropriate);

 

•  repairs and maintenance that qualify as major inspections and overhauls; and

 

•  useful life over which such costs should be depreciated, which may be impacted by changes in our strategy, process or operations as a result of climate-change initiatives.

  

Judgment is required to determine whether a contract or arrangement includes a lease and if it is reasonably certain that an extension option will be exercised. We seek to maximize operational flexibility in managing our leasing activities by including extension options when negotiating new leases. Extension options are exercisable at our option and not by the lessors. In determining if a renewal period should be included in the lease term, we consider all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for us to exercise a renewal, including

 

•  the location of the asset and the availability of suitable alternatives

 

•  the significance of the asset to operations, and

 

•  our business strategy.

 

Estimation is used to determine the useful lives of ROU assets, the lease term and the appropriate discount rate applied to the lease payments to calculate the lease liability.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION &ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  127 

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

 

 

  

 

  Owned    Right-of-Use (leased)
 
    Uncertainties are inherent in estimating reserve quantities, particularly as they relate to assumptions regarding future prices, the geology of our mines, the mining methods used, and the related costs incurred to develop and mine reserves. Changes in these assumptions could result in material adjustments to reserve estimates, which could result in impairments or changes to depreciation expense in future periods.   

We have chosen to

 

•  include the use of a single discount rate for a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics,

 

•  not separate non-lease components and instead to account for lease and non-lease components as a single arrangement, and

 

•  use exemptions for short-term and low-value leases which allow payments to be expensed as incurred.

 

Other

  Not applicable.    Lease agreements do not contain significant covenants; however, leased assets may be used as security for lease liabilities and other borrowings.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is carried at cost, is not amortized, and represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Company’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is allocated to a CGU or group of CGUs for impairment testing based on the level at which it is monitored by management, and not at a level higher than an operating segment. The allocation is made to the CGU or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.

Other intangible assets are generally measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. We use judgment to determine which expenditures are eligible for capitalization as intangible assets. Costs incurred internally from researching and developing a product are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility is established, at which time the costs are capitalized until the product is available for its intended use. Judgment is required in determining when technological feasibility of a product is established. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. At least annually, the useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

To assess impairment, assets are grouped at the smallest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (this can be at the asset or CGU level).

At the end of each reporting period, we review conditions to determine whether there is any indication that an impairment exists that could potentially impact the carrying amounts of both our long-lived assets to be held and used (including property, plant and equipment, and investments), and our goodwill and other intangible assets. When such indicators exist, impairment testing is performed. Regardless, goodwill is tested at least annually (in the fourth quarter).

We review, at each reporting period, for possible reversal of the impairment for non-financial assets, other than goodwill.

Estimates and judgment involves

 

 

identifying the appropriate asset, group of assets, CGU or groups of CGUs;

 

 

determining the appropriate discount rate for assessing the recoverable amount;

 

 

making assumptions about future sales, market conditions, terminal growth rates and cash flow forecasts over the long-term life of the assets or CGUs; and

 

 

evaluating impacts of climate change to our strategy, processes and operations.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 128  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

We cannot predict if an event that triggers impairment or a reversal of impairment will occur, when it will occur or how it will affect reported asset amounts. Asset impairment amounts previously recorded could be affected if different assumptions were used or if market and other conditions change. Such changes could result in non-cash charges materially affecting our consolidated financial statements.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Employee retirement and other defined benefit plans costs, including current and past service costs, gains or losses on curtailments and settlements, and remeasurements, are actuarially determined on a regular basis using the projected unit credit method.

When a plan amendment occurs before a settlement, we recognize past service cost before any gain or loss on settlement.

Our discount rate assumptions are impacted by:

 

 

the weighted average interest rate at which each pension and other post-retirement plan liability could be effectively settled at the measurement date;

 

 

country specific rates; and

 

 

the use of a yield curve approach based on the respective plans’ demographics, expected future pension benefits and medical claims. Payments are measured and discounted to determine the present value of the expected future cash flows. The cash flows are discounted using yields on high-quality AA-rated non-callable bonds with cash flows of similar timing where there is a deep market for such bonds. Where we do not believe there is a deep market for such bonds (such as for terms in excess of 10 years in Canada), the cash flows are discounted using a yield curve derived from yields on provincial bonds rated AA or better to which a spread adjustment is added to reflect the additional risk of corporate bonds.

Net actuarial gains or loss incurred during the period for defined benefit plans are closed out to retained earnings at each period-end.

Asset Retirement Obligations and Accrued Environmental Costs

Asset retirement obligations and accrued environmental costs include:

 

 

reclamation and restoration costs at our potash and phosphate mining operations, including management of materials generated by mining and mineral processing, such as various mine tailings and gypsum;

 

 

land reclamation and revegetation programs;

 

 

decommissioning of underground and surface operating facilities;

 

 

general cleanup activities aimed at returning the areas to an environmentally acceptable condition; and

 

 

post-closure care and maintenance.

We consider the following factors as we estimate our provisions:

 

 

environmental laws and regulations and interpretations by regulatory authorities, including updates on climate change, could change or circumstances affecting our operations could change, either of that could result in significant changes to current plans;

 

 

the nature, extent and timing of current and proposed reclamation and closure techniques in view of present environmental laws and regulations;

 

 

appropriate technical resources, including outside consultants, assist us in developing specific site closure and post-closure plans in accordance with the jurisdiction requirements; and

 

 

timing of settlement of the obligations, which is typically correlated with mine life estimates except for certain land reclamation programs.

It is reasonably possible that the ultimate costs could change in the future and that changes to these estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. We review our estimates for any changes in assumptions at the end of each reporting period.

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted    Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  129 

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

We recognized contingent liabilities related to our business combinations or acquisitions, which represent additional environmental costs that are present obligations although cash outflows of resources are not probable. These contingent liabilities are subsequently measured at the higher of the amount initially recognized and the amount that would be recognized if the liability becomes probable.

Restructuring Charges

Plant shutdowns, sales of business units or other corporate restructurings may trigger restructuring charges. The provision is based on the best estimate of a detailed formal plan, which includes determining the incremental costs for employee termination, contract termination and other exit costs.

Business Combinations

Purchase price allocation involves judgment in identifying assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and estimation of their fair values. Key assumptions include discount rates and revenue growth rates specific to the acquired assets or liabilities assumed. We performed a thorough review of all internal and external sources of information available on circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. We also engaged independent valuation experts on certain acquisitions to assist in determining the fair value of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed and related deferred income tax impacts. To determine fair values, we generally use the following valuation techniques:

 

Account

  Valuation Technique and Judgments Applied
 

Property, plant and equipment

 

Market approach for land and certain types of personal property: sales comparison that measures the value of an asset through an analysis of sales and offerings of comparable assets.

 

Replacement costs for all other depreciable property, plant and equipment: measures the value of an asset by estimating the costs to acquire or construct comparable assets and adjusts for age and condition of the asset.

 

Other intangible assets

 

Income approach – multi-period excess earnings method: measures the value of an asset based on the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the asset after deducting contributory asset charges (“CACs”). Allocation of CACs is a matter of judgment and based on the nature of the acquired businesses’ operations and historical trends.

 

We considered several factors in determining the fair value of customer relationships, such as customers’ relationships with the acquired company and its employees, the segmentation of customers, historical customer attrition rates, and revenue growth.

 

Other provisions and contingent liabilities

  Decision-tree approach of future costs and a risk premium to capture the compensation sought by risk-averse market participants for bearing the uncertainty inherent in the cash flows of the liability.

For each business combination, we elect to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquired entity either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Foreign exchange hedge gains or losses which we designated a cash flow hedge are included in the consideration. The gain or loss from the cash flow hedge is deferred in OCI and subsequently recorded as an adjustment to goodwill when the business combination occurs.

Transaction costs are recorded in integration and restructuring related costs in other (income) expenses.

Standards, Amendments and Interpretations Effective and Applied

The IASB and IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) have issued certain standards and amendments or interpretations to existing standards that were effective, and we have applied.

In 2021, we have adopted the following amended standards and interpretations with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements:

 

 

IFRIC Final Agenda, Cloud computing arrangements (refer to Note 6 for further details)

 

 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 130  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021    In millions of US dollars unless otherwise noted

 

NOTE 30  ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS CONTINUED

Standards, Amendments and Interpretations Not Yet Effective and Not Applied

The IASB and IFRIC have issued the following standards, amendments or interpretations to existing standards that were not yet effective and not applied as at December 31, 2021.

The following amended standards will be adopted in 2022 and are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements:

 

 

Amendments

   

IFRS 3, “Business Combinations”

 

   

IAS 16, “Property, Plant and Equipment”

 

   

IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” – onerous contracts

 

 

Annual improvements to IFRS 2018 – 2020

The following amended standards are being reviewed to determine the potential impact on our consolidated financial statements:

 

 

IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements” – classification of liabilities as current or non-current

 

 

IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements” – IFRS Practice Statement 2 – disclosure of accounting policies

 

 

IAS 8, “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors” – definition of accounting estimates

 

 

IAS 12, “Income Taxes”

 

 

IFRS 17, “Insurance Contracts”

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS            FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS      |     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  131 

 

TERMS & DEFINITIONS

 

Terms

     

 

    

 

AECO

      

Alberta Energy Company, Canada

Argus

      

Argus Media group, UK

Bloomberg

      

Bloomberg Finance L.P., USA

CDP Climate

      

CDP Worldwide, England

CDP Water

      

CDP Worldwide, England

CRU

      

CRU International limited, UK

ESG

      

Environmental, social and governance

FTSE Russell

      

FTSE International Limited, England

ISS Quality Scores

      

Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., USA

Moody’s

      

Moody’s Corporation (NYSE: MCO), USA

MSCI ESG Rating

      

MSCI Inc., USA

NYMEX

      

New York Mercantile Exchange, USA

NYSE

      

New York Stock Exchange, USA

S&P/S&P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment

      

S&P Global Inc., USA

TSX

      

Toronto Stock Exchange, Canada

USDA

      

United States Department of Agriculture, USA

CAD

      

Canadian dollar

USD

      

United States dollar

AUD

      

Australian dollar

 

Scientific Terms

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Potash

     

  KCI

     

potassium chloride, 60–63.2% K2O (solid)

Nitrogen

     

  CO2e

     

carbon dioxide equivalent

       

  DEF

     

diesel exhaust fluid

       

  ESN®

     

environmentally smart nitrogen, 44% nitrogen

       

  NH3

     

ammonia (anhydrous), 82.2% N (liquid)

       

  P2O5

     

phosphorus pentoxide

       

  UAN

     

nitrogen solutions, 28–32% N (liquid)

Phosphate

     

  AS

     

ammonium sulfate (solid)

       

  DAP

     

diammonium phosphate, 46% P2O5 (solid)

       

  MAP

     

monoammonium phosphate, 52% P2O5 (solid)

       

  MGA

     

merchant grade acid, 54% P2O5 (liquid)

       

  MST

     

micronized sulfur technology, P + S

       

  SPA

     

superphosphoric acid, 70% P2O5 (liquid)

 

Product Measures

    

 

    

 

K2O tonne

     

 Measures the potassium content of products having different chemical analyses

N tonne

     

 Measures the nitrogen content of products having different chemical analyses

P2O5 tonne

     

 Measures the phosphorus content of products having different chemical analyses

Product tonne

     

 Standard measure of the weights of all types of potash, nitrogen and phosphate products

 

 

OVERVIEW           MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS           FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS      |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 132  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

 

 

Definitions

     

 

    

 

Blue/low-carbon ammonia

      

Ammonia produced primarily utilizing carbon capture, utilization and storage (“CCUS”) or other low-emission production technologies to significantly reduce the carbon intensity of resultant production.

Brownfield

      

New project expanding or developing an existing facility or operation.

Community investment

      

Represents cash disbursements, matching of employee gifts and in-kind contributions of equipment, goods and services and employee volunteerism (on corporate time).

Cumulative annual growth rate

      

Represents the rate of return that would be required for an investment to grow from its beginning balance to its ending balance assuming the profits were reinvested at the end of each year of the investment’s lifespan.

COVID-19

      

COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic

Environmental incidents

      

Number of incidents includes release quantities that exceed the US Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act limits; in potash facilities any release that exceeds Saskatchewan release limits (based on the Saskatchewan Environmental Code); non-compliance incidents that exceed $10,000 in costs to reach compliance; or enforcement actions with fines exceeding $1,000.

Green ammonia

      

Ammonia made of hydrogen obtained through a process that uses 100 percent renewable and carbon-free sources such as water electrolysis with renewable power.

Greenhouse gas

      

Gas that contributes to the greenhouse effect by absorbing infrared radiation.

Latin America

      

South America, Central America, Caribbean and Mexico

Lost-time injury frequency

      

Total lost-time injuries for every 200,000 hours worked for all Nutrien employees, contractors and others on site. Calculated as the total lost-time injuries multiplied by 200,000 hours worked divided by the actual number of hours worked.

Merger

      

The merger of equals transaction between PotashCorp and Agrium completed effective January 1, 2018, pursuant to which PotashCorp and Agrium combined their businesses pursuant to a statutory plan of arrangement under the Canada Business Corporations Act and became wholly owned subsidiaries of Nutrien Ltd.

Mmt

      

Million metric tonnes

North America

      

Canada and the US

Offshore

      

All markets except Canada and the US

Scope 1

      

Direct green house gas emissions produced in owned or controlled facilities

Scope 2

      

Green house gas emissions that result from the generation of purchased or acquired electricity, heating, cooling and steam consumed by Nutrien

Scope 3

      

Indirect green house gas emissions not included in Scope 1 or Scope 2 emissions that occur outside of the organization, including both upstream and downstream emissions

Total employee turnover rate

      

The number of permanent employees who left the Company due to voluntary and involuntary terminations, including retirements and deaths, as a percentage of average permanent employees for the year.

Total recordable injury frequency

      

Total recordable injuries for every 200,000 hours worked for all Nutrien employees, contractors and others on site. Calculated as the total recordable injuries multiplied by 200,000 hours worked divided by the actual number of hours worked.

Total shareholder return

      

Return on investment in Nutrien shares from the time the investment is made based on two components: (1) growth in share price and (2) return from reinvested dividend income on the shares.

Voluntary employee turnover

      

The number of permanent employees who left the Company due to voluntary terminations as a percentage of average permanent employees for the year. Includes voluntary retirements and resignations.

 

 

OVERVIEW           MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS           FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS      |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

Nutrien Annual Report 2021  |  133 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

LOGO

 

    

 

     Russell Girling         Christopher Burley              Maura Clark                 Miranda Hubbs                     Raj Kushwaha        
          Chair         Director              Director                 Director                     Director   

 

 

           Alice Laberge         Consuelo Madere             Keith Martell         Aaron Regent                Nelson L.C. Silva        
    Director         Director             Director         Director                Director   

 

 

 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

 

LOGO

 

    

 

          Ken Seitz          Pedro Farah             Noralee Bradley          Brent Poohkay        
     Interim President and          Executive Vice             Executive Vice          Executive Vice   
     Chief Executive Officer          President and Chief             President and Chief          President and Chief   
           Financial Officer             Legal Officer          Information Officer   

 

 

           Raef Sully       Mark Thompson           Michael Webb                
      Executive Vice President       Executive Vice           Executive Vice      
      and CEO of Nitrogen and       President and           President and Chief      
      Phosphate       Chief Strategy and           Human Resources and      
        Sustainability Officer           Administrative Officer      

 

 

    

 

 

OVERVIEW           MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS           FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS      |    OTHER INFORMATION


 

 134  |  Nutrien Annual Report 2021

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Dividends    Ownership    Common Share Prices

Dividend amounts paid to shareholders resident in Canada are adjusted by the exchange rate applicable on the dividend record date. Dividends are normally paid in January, April, July and October with record dates normally set approximately three weeks in advance of the payment date. Future cash dividends will be paid out of, and are conditioned upon, the Company’s available earnings. Shareholders who wish to have their dividends deposited directly to their bank accounts should contact the transfer agent and registrar, Computershare Investor Services Inc.

 

   On February 17, 2022, there were 906 holders of record of the Company’s common shares.    The Company’s common shares are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. Nutrien is included in the S&P/TSX 60 and the S&P/TSX Composite indices.

 

Offices      

Nutrien’s registered head office is:

  

It also has corporate offices at:

  

Suite 1700, 211 19th Street East

Saskatoon, Saskatchewan

Canada S7K 5R6

  

13131 Lake Fraser Drive SE

Calgary, Alberta

Canada T2J 7E8

  

5296 Harvest Lake Drive

Loveland, Colorado

US 80538

 

Investor Relations
Investor Relations Department
Email    investors@nutrien.com
Phone    (403) 225-7451

 

Transfer Agent

You can contact Computershare Investor Services Inc., the Company’s transfer agent, as follows:

NYSE Corporate Governance

The certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as exhibits to our 2021 Annual Report on Form 40-F.

 

 

Phone    1-800-564-6253
   (toll-free within Canada and the US)
   1-514-982-7555
   (from any country other than Canada and the US)
By Fax    1-888-453-0330
   (all countries)
By Mail    Computershare
   100 University Ave,
   8th Floor, North Tower
   Toronto, ON M5J 2Y1
Internet    Access your registered account on the Investor
   Centre website:
   www.investorcentre.com

 

 

OVERVIEW           MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS           FOUR-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS            FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS      |    OTHER INFORMATION


LOGO


LOGO

 

    

 

    

 

Nutrien.com

 

    

    

Facebook.com/Nutrienltd

 

    

    

Twitter.com/Nutrienltd